TM-J7000/J7100 - Jarltech Europe GmbH

Confidential
ink-jet receipt printer
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
STANDARD
Rev. No.
B
Notes
Copied Date
,
,
Copied by
SEIKO EPSON CORPORATION
MATSUMOTO MINAMI PLANT
2070 KOTOBUKI KOAKA, MATSUMOTO-SHI, NAGANO, 399-8702 JAPAN
PHONE(0263)86-5353 FAX(0263)86-9925
Confidential
REVISION SHEET
Be sure to check the contents before utilizing the specification.
below.
Revisions
Rev.
Document
Sheet 1 of 4
This specification has the history shown
Design Section
Sheet Rev. No.
WRT
CHK
APL
Sheet Rev. Sheet Rev.
Sheet
Rev.
A
Enactment
Fujikawa
--
Takeuchi
I
B
13
B
37
B
B
Change
Nishioka
Yamagishi
Takeuchi
II
B
14
B
38
B
III
B
15
B
39
B
IV
B
16
B
40
B
V
B
17
B
41
B
VI
B
218
B
42
B
VII
B
19
B
43
B
VIII
B
20
B
44
B
IX
B
21
B
45
B
22
B
46
B
23
B
47
B
24
B
48
B
TITLE
1
B
25
B
49
B
2
B
26
B
50
B
3
B
27
B
51
B
4
B
28
B
52
B
5
B
29
B
53
B
6
B
30
B
54
B
7
B
31
B
55
B
8
B
32
B
56
B
9
B
33
B
57
B
10
B
34
B
58
B
11
B
35
B
59
B
12
B
36
B
60
B
Front Part
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
Cover
Rev.
Sheet
Scope
General
Features
Table of
Contents
Contents
Appendix
Total
1
4
--
3
6
186
15
215
Confidential
REVISION SHEET
Be sure to check the contents before utilizing the specification.
below.
Revisions
Rev.
Document
Sheet 2 of 4
This specification has the history shown
Design Section
WRT
CHK
Sheet Rev. No.
APL
Sheet Rev. Sheet Rev.
Sheet
Rev.
A
Enactment
61
B
85
B
109
B
B
Change
62
B
86
B
110
B
63
B
87
B
111
B
64
B
88
B
112
B
65
B
89
B
113
B
66
B
90
B
114
B
67
B
91
B
115
B
68
B
92
B
116
B
69
B
93
B
117
B
70
B
94
B
118
B
71
B
95
B
119
B
72
B
96
B
120
B
73
B
97
B
121
B
74
B
98
B
122
B
75
B
99
B
123
B
76
B
100
B
124
B
77
B
101
B
125
B
78
B
102
B
126
B
79
B
103
B
127
B
80
B
104
B
128
B
81
B
105
B
129
B
82
B
106
B
130
B
83
B
107
B
131
B
84
B
108
B
132
B
TITLE
Front Part
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
Cover
Rev.
Sheet
Scope
General
Features
Table of
Contents
Contents
Appendix
Total
1
4
--
3
6
186
15
215
Confidential
REVISION SHEET
Be sure to check the contents before utilizing the specification.
below.
Revisions
Rev.
Document
Sheet 3 of 4
This specification has the history shown
Design Section
WRT
CHK
Sheet Rev. No.
APL
Sheet Rev. Sheet Rev.
Sheet
Rev.
A
Enactment
133
B
157
B
181
B
B
Change
134
B
158
B
182
B
135
B
159
B
183
B
136
B
160
B
184
B
137
B
161
B
185
B
138
B
162
B
186
B
139
B
163
B
140
B
164
B
141
B
165
B
142
B
166
B
App. 1
B
143
B
167
B
App. 2
B
144
B
168
B
App. 3
B
145
B
169
B
App. 4
B
146
B
170
B
App. 5
B
147
B
171
B
App. 6
B
148
B
172
B
App. 7
B
149
B
173
B
App. 8
B
150
B
174
B
App. 9
B
151
B
175
B
App.10
B
152
B
176
B
App.11
B
153
B
177
B
App.12
B
154
B
178
B
App.13
B
155
B
179
B
App.14
B
156
B
180
B
App.15
B
TITLE
Front Part
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
Cover
Rev.
Sheet
Scope
General
Features
Table of
Contents
Contents
Appendix
Total
1
4
--
3
6
186
15
215
Confidential
REVISION SHEET
Sheet 4 of 4
REV.
SHEET
B
All
II
67
80
118
136
168
174
CHANGED CONTENTS
All pages are revised.
General Description
This specification describes ….. (added)
3.10.3 Paper Roll Cover Open Sensor
NOTES: • Whether the paper roll cover….. → While the cover is open, …..
DLE EOT n
Bit 5 and 6: The cover closed status ….. → while the cover is open, …..
GS ( E <Function 1>
[Description] ….. and notifies that ….. → ….. and transmits data that notice …..
GS ( L <Function 51>
[Description] … the NV user memory → … the NV graphics memory
GS a n
Bit 2 and 3: The cover closed status ….. → While the cover is open, …
GS r n
Bit 2 and 3: The cover closed status ….. → While the cover is open, …
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
Confidential
CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT
BY USING THIS DOCUMENT, YOU AGREE TO ABIDE BY THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT.
RETURN THIS DOCUMENT IMMEDIATELY IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THESE TERMS.
PLEASE
1. This document contains confidential, proprietary information of Seiko Epson Corporation or its affiliates.
You must keep such information confidential. If the user is a business entity or organization, you must
limit disclosure to those of your employees, agents, and contractors who have a need to know and who
are also bound by obligations of confidentiality.
2. On the earlier of (a) termination of your relationship with Seiko Epson, or (b) Seiko Epson's request, you
must stop using the confidential information. You must then return or destroy the information, as
directed by Seiko Epson.
3. If a court, arbitrator, government agency, or the like orders you to disclose any confidential information,
you must immediately notify Seiko Epson. You agree to give Seiko Epson reasonable cooperation and
assistance in the negotiation.
4. You may use confidential information only for the purpose of operating or servicing the products to which
the document relates, unless you obtain the prior written consent of Seiko Epson for some other use.
5. Seiko Epson warrants that it has the right to disclose the confidential information. SEIKO EPSON
MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTIES CONCERNING THE CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OR ANY
OTHER INFORMATION IN THE DOCUMENT, INCLUDING (WITHOUT LIMITATION) ANY
WARRANTY OF TITLE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. Seiko Epson has no liability for loss or damage
arising from or relating to your use of or reliance on the information in the document.
6. You may not reproduce, store, or transmit the confidential information in any form or by any means
(electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise) without the prior written permission of
Seiko Epson.
7. Your obligations under this Agreement are in addition to any other legal obligations. Seiko Epson does
not waive any right under this Agreement by failing to exercise it. The laws of Japan apply to this
Agreement.
CAUTIONS
1. This document shall apply only to the product(s) identified herein.
2. No part of this document may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or
by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without the prior written
permission of Seiko Epson Corporation.
3. The contents of this document are subject to change without notice. Please contact us for the latest
information.
4. While every precaution has been taken in the preparation of this document, Seiko Epson Corporation
assumes no responsibility for errors or omissions.
5. Neither is any liability assumed for damages resulting from the use of the information contained herein.
6. Neither Seiko Epson Corporation nor its affiliates shall be liable to the purchaser of this product or third
parties for damages, losses, costs, or expenses incurred by the purchaser or third parties as a result of:
accident, misuse, or abuse of this product or unauthorized modifications, repairs, or alterations to this
product, or (excluding the U.S.) failure to strictly comply with Seiko Epson Corporation's operating and
maintenance instructions.
7. Seiko Epson Corporation shall not be liable against any damages or problems arising from the use of
any options or any consumable products other than those designated as Original EPSON Products or
EPSON Approved Products by Seiko Epson Corporation.
TRADEMARKS
EPSON® and ESC/POS® are registered trademarks of Seiko Epson Corporation.
Windows® is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation.
General Notice: Other product and company names used herein are for identification purposes only and may
be trademarks of their respective companies.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
II
I
Confidential
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
1) This specification applies to the following models of the TM-J7000/J7100 series printer.
TM-J7000
(without a MICR reader and an endorsement mechanism)
TM-J7000
(with a MICR reader and an endorsement mechanism)
TM-J7100
(without a MICR reader and an endorsement mechanism)
TM-J7100
(with a MICR reader and an endorsement mechanism)
This specification describes only the outline of the general functions and the model-dependent functions
of the commands. For detailed specifications and usage of the commands, please refer to the
ESC/POS APG (Application Programming Guide) that is separately issued.
2) Features
The TM-J7000/J7100 series printer is a high-end ink-jet POS printer that can print on receipt paper (roll
paper) and slip paper. The TM-J7000 is a single-color (black) printing model, and the TM-J7100 is a
two-color printing model. The printer has the following features:
<General>
• Small footprint
- Can print both on roll and slip paper
• Low acoustic noise
- Performs with low acoustic noise suitable for exclusive stores
• Printing on normal paper
- Printing on normal paper using ink jet technology brings a low running cost.
• Printability
- The TM-J7000, using a multi-nozzle, high-density ink jet head (64 nozzles / 180 dpi × 1 line), is
designed for high printability.
- The TM-J7100, using a multi-nozzle high density ink jet head (64 nozzles / 180 dpi × 2 lines)
and supporting two-color printing with a two-color ink cartridge, is capable of many types of
printing such as logo printing (dpi: dots per 25.4 mm {1"}).
• Interface
- Various interface boards (EPSON UB series) can be used.
• NV graphics
- NV user memory: 384KB
• Counter function that enables the printer to be checked by remote maintenance.
• Control commands
®
- Based on the ESC/POS Proprietary Command System.
• Printer driver
®
- OPOS ADK and Windows printer drivers are available.
• Epson customer display (DM-D series) can be connected (only for serial interface model)
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
III
II
Confidential
• Ink cartridge
- Equipped with an ink near-end sensor that indicates that the ink is almost ended before the ink
end.
The TM-J7000, uses a large-capacity, single-color ink cartridge, SJIC6(K), that makes the
ink’s life long and the running operation’s cost low.
The TM-J7100, uses a replaceable ink cartridge, SJIC8(K) or SJIC(R), (B), (G), that makes
the ink’s life long.
<Receipt printer section>
• High-speed printing on normal paper
Approximately 15 lps (69.5 mm paper width, font B)
(lps: lines per second)
• Easy to operate
- Easy paper loading by just dropping in.
• Autocutter
- Long life (guaranteed to 1.5 million cuts)
• Sensors for roll paper
- Paper-end sensor and paper near-end sensor are standard
• Can print various bar codes and two-dimensional code (PDF417)
<Slip printer section>
• High-speed printing with a low acoustic noise
- Printing with a high speed and a low acoustic noise using ink jet technology.
• A factory-installed optional Magnetic Ink Character Recognition (MICR) reader that enables the
printer to perform consecutive reading and processing of MICR characters and a factory-installed
optional endorsement printer (EP) that enables high-speed printing of endorsements can be
installed.
• The a wide slip entrance and mechanical form stopper allow the slip to be set stably.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
IV
III
Confidential
Table of Contents
1. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS .............................................................................................................1
1.1 Printing Specifications....................................................................................................................1
1.1.1 Printing Specifications (common to paper roll, slip, endorsement printing)...........................1
1.1.2 Character Specifications........................................................................................................4
1.2 Receipt Printer Section ..................................................................................................................6
1.2.1 Autocutter ..............................................................................................................................6
1.2.2 Paper Roll Supply Device ......................................................................................................6
1.2.3 Paper Feeding Mechanism....................................................................................................6
1.2.4 Paper Roll Specifications.......................................................................................................6
1.2.5 Printable Area ........................................................................................................................7
1.2.6 Printing and Cutting Positions................................................................................................8
1.3 Slip Printer Section.........................................................................................................................9
1.3.1 Paper Feeding Specifications ................................................................................................9
1.3.2 Paper Specifications ..............................................................................................................9
1.3.3 Printable Area ......................................................................................................................10
1.4 MICR Reader Section (Factory-Installed Option) ........................................................................11
1.4.1 Reading Method ..................................................................................................................11
1.4.2 Recognition Rate .................................................................................................................11
1.4.3 Insertion Direction and Endorsement Printing .....................................................................11
1.4.4 Notes on Using the MICR Reader .......................................................................................12
1.5 Endorsement Mechanism Section (Factory-Installed Option) .....................................................13
1.5.1 Paper Specifications ............................................................................................................13
1.5.2 Printable Area ......................................................................................................................13
1.5.3 Notes on Using the Endorsement Mechanism ....................................................................14
1.6 Ink Cartridges...............................................................................................................................15
1.6.1 TM-J7000 Single-Color Print Model ....................................................................................15
1.6.2 TM-J7100 Two-Color Print Model........................................................................................15
1.6.3 General Specifications for Both Ink Cartridges ...................................................................15
1.7 General Section ...........................................................................................................................16
1.7.1 Internal Buffer ......................................................................................................................16
1.7.2 Electrical Characteristics .....................................................................................................16
1.7.3 EMI and Safety Standards Applied......................................................................................16
1.7.4 Reliability..............................................................................................................................17
1.7.5 Environmental Conditions....................................................................................................17
1.7.6 Installation............................................................................................................................18
2. CONFIGURATION .............................................................................................................................19
2.1 Interfaces .....................................................................................................................................19
2.1.1 RS-232 Serial Interface .......................................................................................................19
2.1.2 IEEE 1284 Bidirectional Parallel Interface (Parallel Interface Specifications) .....................24
2.1.3 Other Interfaces...................................................................................................................31
2.2 Connectors...................................................................................................................................32
2.2.1 Interface Connectors ...........................................................................................................32
2.2.2 Power Supply Connector .....................................................................................................32
2.2.3 Drawer Kick-out Connector (Modular Connector) ...............................................................33
2.2.4 Customer Display Connector...............................................................................................35
3. FUNCTIONS.......................................................................................................................................36
3.1 List of Commands........................................................................................................................36
3.2 Character Code Tables................................................................................................................40
3.2.1 Page 0 (PC437: USA, Standard Europe) (International Character Set: U.S.A.) .................40
3.2.2 Page 1 (Katakana)...............................................................................................................41
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
V
IV
Confidential
3.2.3 Page 2 (PC850: Multilingual) ...............................................................................................42
3.2.4 Page 3 (PC860: Portuguese) ..............................................................................................43
3.2.5 Page 4 (PC863: Canadian-French) .....................................................................................44
3.2.6 Page 5 (PC865: Nordic) ......................................................................................................45
3.2.7 Page 16 (WPC1252) ...........................................................................................................46
3.2.8 Page 17 (PC866: Cyrillic #2) ...............................................................................................47
3.2.9 Page 18 (PC852: Latin2) .....................................................................................................48
3.2.10 Page 19 (PC858: Euro) ...................................................................................................49
3.2.11 Page 255 (User-defined Page)..........................................................................................50
3.2.12 International Character Sets ..............................................................................................51
3.3 Switches and Buttons ..................................................................................................................52
3.3.1 Power Button .......................................................................................................................52
3.3.2 Panel Button ........................................................................................................................52
3.3.3 DIP Switches .......................................................................................................................53
3.3.4 Memory Switches ................................................................................................................54
3.4 Indicators .....................................................................................................................................57
3.4.1 Panel LED Indicators ...........................................................................................................57
3.5 Self-Test.......................................................................................................................................59
3.6 Hexadecimal Dumping.................................................................................................................60
3.7 Memory Switches Setting Mode...................................................................................................61
3.8 Error Processing ..........................................................................................................................62
3.8.1 Error Types ..........................................................................................................................62
3.8.2 Printer Operation When an Error Occurs ............................................................................64
3.8.3 Data Receive Error ..............................................................................................................64
3.9 Paper Sensors .............................................................................................................................65
3.9.1 Sensors and LED Indicators................................................................................................65
3.9.2 Sensors and Printing ...........................................................................................................66
3.10 Printer Cover Sensors and Cover Opening/Closing Operation..................................................67
3.10.1 Carriage Cover Open Sensor ............................................................................................67
3.10.2 Opening/Closing the Carriage Cover.................................................................................67
3.10.3 Paper Roll Cover Open Sensor .........................................................................................67
3.10.4 Opening/Closing the Paper Roll Cover..............................................................................67
3.11 Ink Cartridge Sensor and Exchanging the Ink Cartridge ...........................................................68
3.11.1 Ink Cartridge Sensor..........................................................................................................68
3.11.2 Ink Near-end Sensor .........................................................................................................68
3.11.3 Exchanging the Ink Cartridge ............................................................................................68
3.12 Print Buffer-full Printing ..............................................................................................................68
3.13 Paper Jam Removal ..................................................................................................................69
3.13.1 Slip.....................................................................................................................................69
3.13.2 Paper Roll ..........................................................................................................................69
3.14 Reading MICR Characters and Printing Endorsements .......................................................70
3.15 Cleaning the MICR Mechanism ............................................................................................71
4. CASE SPECIFICATIONS...................................................................................................................72
4.1 External Dimensions and Mass ...................................................................................................72
4.2 Color ............................................................................................................................................72
4.3 External Appearance ...................................................................................................................72
4.4 Installing the Customer Display Fixing Plate................................................................................73
5. OPTIONS AND CONSUMABLES ......................................................................................................74
5.1 Standard Accessories ..................................................................................................................74
5.2 Options.........................................................................................................................................74
5.3 Consumables ...............................................................................................................................74
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
VI
V
Confidential
6. COMMANDS ......................................................................................................................................75
6.1 Command Notation ......................................................................................................................75
6.2 Explanation of Terms ...................................................................................................................75
6.3 Control Commands ......................................................................................................................76
HT .................................................................................................................................................76
LF..................................................................................................................................................76
FF .................................................................................................................................................76
CR.................................................................................................................................................77
CAN ..............................................................................................................................................77
DLE EOT n [a] ..............................................................................................................................78
DLE ENQ n ...................................................................................................................................83
DLE DC4 fn m t (fn = 1) ................................................................................................................84
DLE DC4 fn a b (fn = 2) ................................................................................................................85
DLE DC4 fn m (fn = 7) ..................................................................................................................86
DLE DC4 fn d1…d7 (fn = 8) .........................................................................................................87
ESC FF .........................................................................................................................................88
ESC SP n......................................................................................................................................88
ESC ! n .........................................................................................................................................89
ESC $ nL nH.................................................................................................................................89
ESC % n .......................................................................................................................................90
ESC & y c1 c2 [x1 d1...d(y × x1)]...[xk d1...d(y × xk)] ...................................................................90
ESC ∗ m nL nH d1...dk .................................................................................................................91
ESC - n .........................................................................................................................................91
ESC 2 ...........................................................................................................................................92
ESC 3 n ........................................................................................................................................92
ESC < ...........................................................................................................................................92
ESC = n ........................................................................................................................................93
ESC ? n ........................................................................................................................................94
ESC @..........................................................................................................................................94
ESC D n1...nk NUL.......................................................................................................................95
ESC E n ........................................................................................................................................95
ESC F n ........................................................................................................................................96
ESC G n........................................................................................................................................96
ESC J n.........................................................................................................................................96
ESC K n ........................................................................................................................................97
ESC L ...........................................................................................................................................97
ESC M n .......................................................................................................................................97
ESC R n........................................................................................................................................98
ESC S ...........................................................................................................................................99
ESC T n ........................................................................................................................................99
ESC U n........................................................................................................................................99
ESC W xL xH yL yH dxL dxH dyL dyH.......................................................................................100
ESC \ nL nH................................................................................................................................101
ESC a n ......................................................................................................................................101
ESC c 0 n....................................................................................................................................102
ESC c 1 n....................................................................................................................................102
ESC c 3 n....................................................................................................................................103
ESC c 4 n....................................................................................................................................104
ESC c 5 n....................................................................................................................................104
ESC d n ......................................................................................................................................105
ESC e n ......................................................................................................................................105
ESC f t1 t2 ..................................................................................................................................105
ESC p m t1 t2 .............................................................................................................................106
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
VII
SHEET
VI
Confidential
ESC q .........................................................................................................................................106
ESC t n .......................................................................................................................................107
ESC { n .......................................................................................................................................107
FS ( e pL pH m n ........................................................................................................................108
GS ! n .........................................................................................................................................109
GS $ nL nH .................................................................................................................................109
GS ( A pL pH n m .......................................................................................................................110
GS ( B pL pH m [a1 b1]...[ak bk].................................................................................................111
GS ( C pL pH m fn b [c1 c2] [d1...dk]..........................................................................................112
<Function 0> GS ( C pL pH m fn b c1 c2 (fn = 0, 48) .................................................................113
<Function 1> GS ( C pL pH m fn b c1 c2 d1...dk (fn = 1, 49) .....................................................113
<Function 2> GS ( C pL pH m fn b c1 c2 (fn = 2, 50) .................................................................114
<Function 3> GS ( C pL pH m fn b (fn = 3, 51)...........................................................................114
<Function 4> GS ( C pL pH m fn b (fn = 4, 52)...........................................................................114
<Function 5> GS ( C pL pH m fn b (fn = 5, 53)...........................................................................115
<Function 6> GS ( C pL pH m fn b d1 d2 d3 (fn = 6, 54)............................................................115
GS ( D pL pH m [a1 b1]...[ak bk] ................................................................................................116
GS ( E pL pH fn [parameters] .....................................................................................................117
<Function 1> GS ( E pL pH fn d1 d2 (fn = 1)..............................................................................118
<Function 2> GS ( E pL pH fn d1 d2 d3 (fn = 2).........................................................................118
<Function 3> GS ( E pL pH fn [a1 b18...b11]...[ak bk8...bk1] (fn = 3) ........................................119
<Function 4> GS ( E pL pH fn a (fn = 4).....................................................................................121
<Function 5> GS ( E pL pH fn [a1 n1L n1H]...[ak nkL nkH] (fn = 5) ...........................................121
<Function 6> GS ( E pL pH fn a (fn = 6).....................................................................................122
<Function 7> GS ( E pL pH fn a d1 d2 (fn = 7)...........................................................................122
<Function 8> GS ( E pL pH fn y c1 c2 [x d1...d(y ´ x) ]k (fn = 8) ................................................123
<Function 9> GS ( E pL pH fn x c1 c2 [y d1...d(x ´ y) ]k (fn = 9) ................................................123
<Function 10> GS ( E pL pH fn c1 c2 (fn = 10) ..........................................................................124
<Function 11> GS ( E pL pH fn a d1...dk (fn = 11) .....................................................................124
<Function 12> GS ( E pL pH fn a (fn = 12).................................................................................125
GS ( G pL pH fn [parameters].....................................................................................................126
<Function 32> GS ( G pL pH fn m (fn = 32) ...............................................................................127
<Function 48> GS ( G pL pH fn m (fn = 48) ...............................................................................128
<Function 80> GS ( G pL pH fn m (fn = 80) ...............................................................................128
<Function 81> GS ( G pL pH fn m (fn = 81) ...............................................................................129
<Function 82> GS ( G pL pH fn m (fn = 82) ...............................................................................129
<Function 83> GS ( G pL pH fn m (fn = 83) ...............................................................................129
<Function 84> GS ( G pL pH fn m (fn = 84) ...............................................................................130
<Function 85> GS ( G pL pH fn m (fn = 85) ...............................................................................130
GS ( H pL pH fn [parameters].....................................................................................................131
<Function 48> GS ( H pL pH fn m d1 d2 d3 d4 (fn = 48)............................................................131
<Function 49> GS ( H pL pH fn m d (fn = 49).............................................................................131
GS ( K pL pH fn [parameters] .....................................................................................................132
<Function 48> GS ( K pL pH fn m (fn = 48)................................................................................132
GS ( L pL pH m fn [parameters] .................................................................................................133
GS 8 L p1 p2 p3 p4 m fn [parameters] .......................................................................................133
<Function 48> GS ( L pL pH m fn (fn = 0, 48) ............................................................................135
<Function 50> GS ( L pL pH m fn (fn = 2, 50) ............................................................................135
<Function 51> GS ( L pL pH m fn (fn = 3, 51) ............................................................................136
<Function 52> GS ( L pL pH m fn (fn = 4, 52) ............................................................................136
<Function 64> GS ( L pL pH m fn d1 d2 (fn = 64) ......................................................................136
<Function 65> GS ( L pL pH m fn d1 d2 d3 (fn = 65) .................................................................137
<Function 66> GS ( L pL pH m fn kc1 kc2 (fn = 66) ...................................................................137
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
VIII
SHEET
VII
Confidential
<Function 67> GS ( L pL pH m fn a kc1 kc2 b xL xH yL yH [c d1…dk]1…[c d1....dk]b (fn = 67)138
<Function 68> GS ( L pL pH m fn a kc1 kc2 b xL xH yL yH [c d1...dk]1...[c d1...dk]b (fn = 68) .139
<Function 69> GS ( L pL pH m fn kc1 kc2 x y (fn = 69) .............................................................140
<Function 80> GS ( L pL pH m fn d1 d2 (fn = 80) ......................................................................140
<Function 81> GS ( L pL pH m fn d1 d2 d3 (fn = 81) .................................................................141
<Function 82> GS ( L pL pH m fn kc1 kc2 (fn = 82) ...................................................................141
<Function 83> GS ( L pL pH m fn a kc1 kc2 b xL xH yL yH [c d1...dk]1...[c d1...dk]b (fn = 83) .142
<Function 84> GS ( L pL pH m fn a kc1 kc2 b xL xH yL yH [c d1...dk]1...[c d1...dk]b (fn = 84) .143
<Function 85> GS ( L pL pH m fn kc1 kc2 x y (fn = 85) .............................................................144
<Function 112> GS ( L pL pH m fn a bx by c xL xH yL yH d1...dk (fn = 112) ............................144
<Function 113> GS ( L pL pH m fn a bx by c xL xH yL yH d1...dk (fn = 113) ............................145
GS ( M pL pH fn m......................................................................................................................146
<Function 1> GS ( M pL pH fn m (fn = 1,49) ..............................................................................147
<Function 2> GS ( M pL pH fn m (fn = 2,50) ..............................................................................147
<Function 3> GS ( M pL pH fn m (fn = 3,51) ..............................................................................148
GS ( N pL pH fn [parameters].....................................................................................................149
<Function 48> GS ( N pL pH fn m (fn = 48)................................................................................149
<Function 49> GS ( N pL pH fn m (fn = 49)................................................................................150
<Function 50> GS ( N pL pH fn m a (fn = 50).............................................................................150
GS ( P pL pH fn [parameters] .....................................................................................................150
<Function 48> GS ( P pL pH fn wxL wxH wyL wyH oxL oxH c (fn = 48)....................................151
GS ( k pL pH cn fn [parameters].................................................................................................153
<Function 065> GS ( k pL pH cn fn n (fn = 65) ..........................................................................154
<Function 066> GS ( k pL pH cn fn n (fn = 66) ..........................................................................154
<Function 067> GS ( k pL pH cn fn n (fn = 67) ..........................................................................155
<Function 068> GS ( k pL pH cn fn n (fn = 68) ..........................................................................155
<Function 069> GS ( k pL pH cn fn n (fn = 69) ..........................................................................156
<Function 070> GS ( k pL pH cn fn m (fn = 70) .........................................................................157
<Function 080> GS ( k pL pH cn fn m d1…dk (fn = 80) .............................................................157
<Function 081> GS ( k pL pH cn fn m (fn = 81) .........................................................................158
<Function 082> GS ( k pL pH cn fn m (fn = 82) .........................................................................159
GS ∗ x y d1...dk [obsolete command].........................................................................................159
GS / m [obsolete command] .......................................................................................................160
GS B n ........................................................................................................................................160
GS H n ........................................................................................................................................161
GS I n..........................................................................................................................................162
GS L nL nH .................................................................................................................................163
GS P x y .....................................................................................................................................163
GS Q 0 m xL xH yL yH d1...dk [obsolete command]..................................................................164
GS T n ........................................................................................................................................164
c GS V m d GS V m n ...........................................................................................................165
GS W nL nH ...............................................................................................................................165
GS \ nL nH ..................................................................................................................................166
GS a n.........................................................................................................................................166
GS f n .........................................................................................................................................169
GS g 0 m nL nH..........................................................................................................................169
GS g 2 m nL nH..........................................................................................................................170
GS h n.........................................................................................................................................171
GS j n..........................................................................................................................................171
c GS k m d1...dk NUL d GS k m n d1...dn ............................................................................173
GS r n .........................................................................................................................................174
GS v 0 m xL xH yL yH d1...dk [obsolete command]...................................................................177
GS w n ........................................................................................................................................177
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
XI
SHEET
VIII
Confidential
6.4 MICR Control Commands (for models with a MICR reader) .....................................................178
DLE EOT n a (n = 8)...................................................................................................................178
FS ( f pL pH [n m]1...[n m]k ........................................................................................................179
FS a 0 n [obsolete command].....................................................................................................181
FS a 1 [obsolete command]........................................................................................................182
FS a 2 [obsolete command]........................................................................................................182
FS b [obsolete command]...........................................................................................................183
FS c ............................................................................................................................................183
GS ( G pL pH fn [parameters].....................................................................................................183
<Function 60> GS ( G pL pH fn nL nH m (fn = 60).....................................................................184
<Function 61> GS ( G pL pH fn nL nH (fn = 61).........................................................................186
APPENDIX A MISCELLANEOUS NOTES ................................................................................. App.1
APPENDIX B CHANGING THE INK CARTRIDGE .................................................................... App.6
APPENDIX C INSTALLING OR REPLACING THE PAPER ROLL ............................................ App.7
APPENDIX D: ADJUSTING THE PAPER ROLL NEAR-END SENSOR LOCATION ................. App.8
APPENDIX E: DESCRIPTION OF THE MAINTENANCE COUNTERS.................................... App.10
APPENDIX F: NOTES ON USING THE DRAWER KICK-OUT CONNECTOR........................ App.12
APPENDIX G: NOTES ON TURNING THE PRINTER’S POWER ON/OFF ............................. App.13
APPENDIX H: REPLACING THE PUMP UNIT AND THE INK SUPPLY UNIT ......................... App.14
APPENDIX I: CHANGING THE PAPER WIDTH ..................................................................... App.15
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
1
IX
Confidential
1. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
(Items without any identification in the product name are common to both two-color and single-color
models.)
1.1 Printing Specifications
1.1.1 Printing Specifications (common to paper roll, slip, and endorsement printing)
1) Printing method:
Serial ink-jet dot matrix
TM-J7000 single-color model: Single-color printing
TM-J7100 two-color model:
Two-color printing
2) Head nozzle:
TM-J7000 single-color model:
64 nozzles × 1 line,
Nozzle pitch: Approximately 0.141 mm {1/180"}
TM-J7100 two-color model:
64 nozzles × 2 lines,
Corresponds to one line for one color,
Nozzle pitch: Approximately 0.141 mm {1/180"}
3) Printing direction:
Bidirectional logic seeking
4) Printable area:
Refer to Table 1.1.1, 1.1.2, 1.1.3.
6) Characters per line:
Refer to Table 1.1.1, 1.1.2, 1.1.3
7) Printing speed:
Refer to Table 1.1.4
8) Paper feeding speed:
Approximately 150 mm/s {5.9"/s}
(with continuous paper feed)
9) Print control mode:
Refer to Table 1.1.5.
10) Line spacing:
Approximately 4.23 mm {1/6"} (default),
Approximately 3.18 mm {1/8"}; possible to print in three lines
simultaneously, selectable by a command.
Table 1.1.1
Characters per Line and Printable Area for Roll Paper
Paper width (mm)
Number of dots for printing (dots)
Printable width (mm) {"}
Characters per line
Font A
(12 × 24)
Font B
(9 × 17)
* Font A (11 × 24)
* Font B (8 × 17)
57.5
{2.26"}
69.5
{2.74"}
76
{2.99"}
82.5
{3.25"}
Remarks
360
432
480
512
50.8
{2.00"}
61
{2.40"}
67.7
{2.67"}
72.2
{2.84"}
30
36
40
42
When printing at 15 cpi
40
48
53
56
When printing at 20 cpi
32
45
39
54
43
60
46
64
When printing at 16.3 cpi
When printing at 22.5 cpi
*: Selectable by a memory switch
cpi: characters per 25.4 mm {1"}
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
2
1
Confidential
Table 1.1.2
Characters per Line and Printable Area for Slips
Number of dots for printing (dots)
576
Printable width (mm)
81.3 {3.20"}
Character per line
Font A
(12 × 24)
48
When printing at 15 cpi
Font B
(9 × 17)
64
When printing at 20 cpi
52
72
When printing at 16.3 cpi
When printing at 22.5 cpi
* Font A (11 × 24)
* Font B (8 × 17)
*: Selectable by a memory switch
Table 1.1.3
Characters per Line for and Printable Area Endorsement (Factory-installed Option)
Number of dots for printing (dots)
552
Printable width (mm)
77.9 {3.06"}
Character per line
Font A
(12 × 24)
46
When printing at 15 cpi
Font B
(9 × 17)
61
When printing at 20 cpi
50
69
When printing at 16.3 cpi
When printing at 22.5 cpi
* Font A (11 × 24)
* Font B (8 × 17)
*: Selectable by a memory switch (same as the setting for slip)
Table 1.1.4
General Printing Speed
Paper width (mm)
69.5
76
{2.74"}
{2.99"}
Slip
Print control
mode
Font
Normal
Font A (6 lpi)
lps
7.4
6.7
6.3
6.0
6.0
Font B (8 lpi)
lps
10.7
9.5
8.9
8.6
8.6
Graphics
mm/s
32
29
27
26
26
Font A (6 lpi)
lps
11.6
10.5
10.1
9.7
9.6
Font B (8 lpi)
lps
16.4
15.0
14.3
13.8
13.7
Graphics
mm/s
50
45
43
41
40
Font A (6 lpi)
lps
11.6
10.5
10.1
9.7
9.6
Font B (8 lpi)
lps
16.4
15.0
14.3
13.8
13.7
Graphics
mm/s
50
45
43
41
40
High speed
Economy
57.5
{2.26"}
82.5
{3.25"}
lpi: lines per 25.4 mm {1"}
lps: lines per second
NOTES: 1. All values listed above are the printing speed without character modification when the
printing is performed continuously for all columns without cleaning.
2. Printing speed may be slower, depending on the data transmission speed and the
combination of control commands. If the data transmission speed is slow, the printing
becomes intermittent. Therefore, it is recommended to use high-speed data
transmission.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
3
2
Confidential
Table 1.1.5
Print Control Mode
Number of
carriage passes
(*1)
Vertical
resolution (dpi)
Horizontal
resolution (dpi)
Dot structure
(number of pulses to the head)
Normal
1
180
180
6
High speed
1
180
180
3
Economy
1
180
180
2
Print control
mode
dpi: dots per 25.4 mm {1"}
*1 Pass: To move the carriage from the left to the right or from the right to the left.
NOTES: • Normal mode:
Print control mode that prints in fine (high-density) quality.
• High-speed mode:
Print control mode that saves ink, prints at a high speed, and is
selected as default.
• Economy mode:
Print control mode that saves more ink than high-speed mode.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
4
3
Confidential
1.1.2 Character Specifications
1) Number of characters:
Alphanumeric characters:
Extended graphics:
International characters:
2) Character structure:
Font A:
Font B:
Using the memory switch for characters per ine:
Font A:
Font B:
95
128 × 11 pages
(including one user-defined page)
37
12 × 24
9 × 17
11 × 24
8 × 17
NOTES: • The number of characters (columns) per line is selectable by a memory switch.
• Selection of characters per line can be performed for receipt and slip (including
endorsement) respectively.
• If memory switch changing of characters per line is performed, one dot on the right side
of a graphic character or user-defined character may be missed.
3) Character size (character area):
Table 1.1.6
Character Size for ANK/Multilingual Model
Standard
Double-height
Double-width
Font A (12 × 24)
W × H (mm)
1.69 × 3.38
W × H (mm)
1.69 × 6.77
W × H (mm)
3.38 × 3.38
Double-width /
Double-height
W × H (mm)
3.38 × 6.77
Font B (9 × 17)
1.27 × 2.40
1.27 × 4.80
2.54 × 2.40
2.54 × 4.80
Font A (11 × 24)
1.55 × 3.38
1.55 × 6.77
3.10 × 3.38
3.10 × 6.77
Font B (8 × 17)
1.13 × 2.40
1.13 × 4.80
2.26 × 2.40
2.26 × 4.80
NOTES: 1. The actual print character may be smaller than the size shown in the table above,
because the above size includes spaces in the font.
2. Characters can be scaled up to 64 times as large as the standard size.
3. Character size not including the horizontal spacing in the standard scale is as follows:
Font A: 1.41 (W) × 3.384 (H) mm
Font B: 0.987 (W) × 2.397 (H) mm
4. ANK = alphanumeric
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
5
4
Confidential
4) Bar code printing
The following types of bar codes can be printed:
UPC-A
UPC-E
JAN13 (EAN13)
JAN8 (EAN8)
CODE39
ITF
CODABAR (NW7)
CODE93
CODE128
NOTES: 1. When bar code printing is selected, the printer automatically sets the print control mode
to normal and unidirectional printing.
2. In page mode containing a bar code, regardless of any settings for the print control
mode, all print areas including the bar code are set to normal mode and unidirectional
print.
3. In a ladder bar code print, it is recommended to set 0.423 or more (n = 3 of GS w) as the
minimum module length.
4. Never print a ladder bar code on a slip.
5) Two-dimensional code printing
The following two-dimensional code can be printed:
PDF417
NOTES: 1. When two-dimensional code printing is selected, the printer automatically sets the print
control mode to normal and unidirectional printing.
2. In page mode containing a two-dimensional code, regardless of any settings for the print
control mode, all print areas including the two-dimensional code are set to normal mode
and unidirectional print.
3. In a ladder bar code print, it is recommended to set 0.423 or more (n = 3 of GS ( k
<Function 067>) as the minimum module length.
4. Never print a two-dimensional code on a slip.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
6
5
Confidential
1.2 Receipt Printer Section
1.2.1 Autocutter
1) Cutting method:
2) Cutting type:
Circular-type cutting method
One point left uncut (called “partial cut”).
1.2.2 Paper Roll Supply Device
1) Supply method:
Easy-to-load drop-in mechanism
2) Paper roll end sensor:
By microswitch
3) Near-end sensor:
By microswitch (adjusted by users)
4) Paper roll spool diameter:
Inside: 10 mm {0.39"} or more
5) Near-end adjustment mechanism:
Adjustable with an adjusting screw (Refer to Appendix D)
6) Paper width selection:
Any of four types of paper width – 57.5, 69.5, 76, 82.5 mm {2.26",
2.74", 2.99", 3.25"} can be selected.
NOTES: • To change the paper width, you must set the memory switch
appropriately.
• When the paper width is changed from narrow to wide, the autocutter
blade must be replaced with a new one, since the ends of the blade are
worn even though they have not been used.
1.2.3 Paper Feeding Mechanism
1) Paper feeding method:
Friction feed method
2) Paper feeding direction:
Unidirectional
3) Minimum paper feeding pitch: Possible to set 0.1411 mm {1/180"} minimum
4) Continuous paper feeding speed:
Approximately 150 mm/s {5.9"/s}, 35.4 lps {1/6" feed} (lps: lines per
second)
1.2.4 Paper Roll Specifications
1) Paper type:
2) Form:
3) Paper width:
Normal quality paper (only single-ply rolls can be used)
Paper roll
Can be selected any of the following:
82.5 ± 0.5 mm
76 ± 0.5 mm
69.5 ± 0.5 mm
57.5 ± 0.5 mm
4) Paper thickness:
0.06 − 0.09 mm
5) Paper weight:
52.3 − 64.0 g/m {14 – 17 lb} (JIS P8124)
(45 ∼ 55 kg / 1000 pcs / 788 mm × 1091 mm)
Inside: 10 mm {0.39"} or more
Outside: 83 mm {3.27"} or less
2
6) Spool diameter:
7) Paper roll diameter:
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
7
6
Confidential
1.2.5 Printable Area
1) Printable area
Refer to Figure 1.2.1. and Table 1.2.1
c
ABCDE
12345
567890
•
•
b
Paper feed
direction
d
Printing area
a (Paper roll width)
Figure 1.2.1
Table 1.2.1
Printable Area
Dimensions in Figure 1.2.1
[Units: mm]
a (paper roll width)
b (left margin)
c (printable area)
d (right margin)
57.5 {2.26"}
(3.4) {0.13"}
50.8 {2.00"} (360 dots)
3.3 {0.13"}
69.5 {2.74"}
(4.2) {0.17"}
61.0 {2.40"} (432 dots)
4.3 {0.17"}
76 {2.99"}
(4.3) {0.17"}
67.7 {2.67"} (480 dots)
4.2 {0.17"}
82.5 {3.25"}
(6.0) {0.24"}
72.2 {2.84"} (512 dots)
4.3 {0.17"}
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
8
7
Confidential
1.2.6 Printing and Cutting Positions
1) Relationship between the printing and cutting positions. (Refer to Figure 1.2.2).
One point left uncut
Manual cutting position
The last line of the previous receipt
Autocutting position
Approx.
20
{0.79"}
Approx.
34 {1.34"}
ABCDE
1234
567890
(See NOTE below)
Paper
feeding
Figure 1.2.2
[Units: mm]
Printing area
Printing and Cutting Positions
NOTE: Numeric values used here are typical values; the values may vary slightly as a result of paper
slack or variations in the paper. Take this note into account when setting the cutting position
of the autocutter.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
9
8
Confidential
1.3 Slip Printer Section
1.3.1 Paper Feeding Specifications
1) Feeding method:
Friction feed
2) Feeding direction:
Bidirectional (possible to feed in forward and reverse direction)
3) Feeding pitch:
Approximately 0.1411 mm {1/180"}
4) Continuous feeding speed:
Approximately 150 mm/s {5.9"/s}
35.4 lps {1/6" feed)
[lps: lines per second]
1.3.2 Paper Specifications
1) Paper types:
Normal paper
2) Paper sizes:
68 − 230 mm (W) × 68 − 297 mm (L) {2.7 − 9.1"(W) × 2.7 − 11.7"(L)}
NOTE: The minimum paper size is 68 × 152 mm {2.7 – 6.0"}.
3) Paper thickness:
0.09 mm – 0.2 mm {0.0035 – 0.0079"} (only single-ply can be used).
4) Notes on slip paper
• The slip paper must be flat, without curls or wrinkles, especially at the top edges.
paper may rub against the nozzles and become dirty.
Otherwise, the
• Since the slip BOF sensor uses a photo sensor, do not use paper that has holes at the sensor
position, or is translucent.
• Since the slip TOF sensor uses a reflective photo sensor and it detects from the back of slip paper,
do not use paper that has holes or dark portions with low reflection (less than 40% reflection) at the
sensor position.
15
30
10
Area where paper holes are
prohibited and reflection rate
for the back of paper should
be 40% or more.
Paper holes and
translucence prohibited in
this area.
Paper feed direction
[Units: mm (All the numeric values are typical.)]
Figure 1.3.1
EPSON
Area with No Paper Holes and Low Reflection
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
10
9
Confidential
36 (255 steps)
1.3.3 Printable Area
The first printing
line position
TOF sensor position
Form stopper
position
63.4 (449 steps)
Paper feeding
roller position
The last printing line
position
BOF sensor position
[Units: mm]
Figure 1.3.2
Printable Area (Slip)
NOTE: The values shown in Figure 1.3.2 are calculated ones. Consider this for the user design for
the print starting position in the paper feeding direction.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
11
10
Confidential
1.4 MICR Reader Section (Factory-Installed Option)
1.4.1 Reading Method
Permanent magnetic bias
1.4.2 Recognition Rate
98% or more at 25°C {77°F}
Recognition rating is defined as follows
Recognition rating (%)=
Total number of checks − (number of sheets misread or not identified.)
× 100
Total number of checks
• Check paper used for test is EPSON standard check paper.
• Checks must be flat, without curls, folds, or wrinkles.
1.4.3 Insertion Direction and Endorsement Printing
46.0 {1.81"}
Area where recognition is
impossible.
• Insert the check with the surface printed with the magnetic ink facing upward, following the slip side
guide.
Insertion
direction
Figure 1.4.1
Area of Personal Check Where MICR Character Recognition is Impossible
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
12
11
Confidential
1.4.4 Notes on Using the MICR Reader
• Do not install the printer near any magnetic fields, because this may cause MICR reading errors.
(Especially when the printer is used near the display device, the user must check the recognition
rate of the MICR.)
• The MICR characters may not be recognized when impact or vibration is applied to the printer.
• Multiple fold checks are not supported.
• The personal checks must be flat, without curls, folds, or wrinkles (especially at the edges).
Otherwise, the check may rub against the nozzles and become ink-stained.
• Do not insert checks that have clips or staples.
errors, and damage to the MICR head.
These may cause paper jams, MICR reading
• Let go of the check immediately as soon as the printer starts feeding it. Otherwise, the paper is
not fed straight, causing paper jams and MICR reading errors. Also, do not operate the covers.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
13
12
Confidential
1.5 Endorsement Mechanism Section (Factory-Installed Option)
The endorsement mechanism enables printing of endorsements as part of a sequence that is
automatically processed: MICR reading, printing an endorsement on the back of the personal check,
and printing on the surface of it.
1.5.1 Paper Specifications
1) Paper type:
High-quality paper (only single-ply paper can be used.)
2) Paper sizes:
68 – 101.6 mm (W) × 150 – 223 mm (L)
{2.68 – 4.17"(W) × 5.90 – 8.98"(L)}
3) Paper thickness:
0.09 – 0.13 mm {0.0035 – 0.0051"}
1.5.2 Printable Area
Max.78 mm (525 dot position)
38.1 mm
Approximately 29.6 mm
(210 dot position)
5 mm
Endorsement
printable area
5 mm
Figure 1.5.1
Printable Area for Endorsement Printing
NOTE: The values in Figure 1.5.1 are calculated ones.
starting position in the paper feeding direction.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
Consider this for the user design for the print
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
14
13
Confidential
1.5.3 Notes on Using the Endorsement Mechanism
1) The endorsement mechanism enables printing of endorsements on the back of a personal check.
Do not use paper that is over 101.6 mm {4"} in width. Otherwise, paper may be jammed.
2) Do not operate the covers while the sequence of check reading and endorsement printing is
processed. Otherwise, the paper is not fed straight, causing paper jams and MICR reading
errors.
3) Observe the same limitations as for slips for the position of paper holes and the reflection ratio of
the check (refer to Figure 1.5.2).
15
30
10
Area where paper holes are
prohibited and reflection rate
for the back of paper should
be 40% or more.
Paper holes and
translucence prohibited in
this area.
Paper feed direction
[Units: mm (All the numeric values are typical.)]
Figure 1.5.2
EPSON
Area with No Paper Holes and Low Reflection
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
15
14
Confidential
1.6 Ink Cartridges
1.6.1 TM-J7000 Single-Color Print Model
1) Type of cartridge:
Exclusive ink cartridge
2) Color of ink:
SJIC8 (K):
3) Life of ink:
20,000,000 characters
(Using font B with EPSON standard print pattern in economy mode)
Black
1.6.2 TM-J7100 Two-Color Print Model
1) Type of cartridge:
Exclusive ink cartridge
For color 1: SJIC6 (K)
For color 2: SJIC7 (R), (B), (G)
2) Color of ink]
SJIC6 (K):
SJIC7 (R):
SJIC7 (B):
SJIC7 (G):
3) Life of ink:
Total approximately 15,000,000 characters with SJIC6 and SJIC7
(Using font B with EPSON standard print pattern in economy mode)
Black
Red
Blue
Green
1.6.3 General Specifications for Both Ink Cartridges
1) Expiration data
Use up the cartridge within six months after opening the packing. (when kept at room temperature)
and use up the cartridge within two years after production (when stored at room temperature).
This two years includes six months after opening the packing.
The expiration date for two years after production is printed on the individual box containing the ink
cartridge and on the ink cartridge itself.
2) Other
Refer to the ink cartridge SJIC6, 7, 8 specifications for details.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
16
15
Confidential
1.7 General Section
1.7.1 Internal Buffer
1) Receive buffer:
4KB
2) User-defined buffer (both for user-defined characters and downloaded bit images):
12KB
3) NV graphics + NV user memory:
384KB
1.7.2 Electrical Characteristics
1) Power source:
Optional AC adapter PS-180
2) Supply voltage:
24 V ± 2.4 V
3) Current consumption:
(except when the drawer kick-out is used.)
Operating: Mean: Approximately 0.5 A
(Printing alphanumeric characters in font A, all columns)
Peak: Approximately 2.7 A
Stand by: Mean: Approximately 70 mA
1.7.3 EMI and Safety Standards Applied
EMC is measured using SEIKO EPSON's AC adapter PS-180.
1) Europe:
CE marking:
Directive: 89/336/EEC
EN55022 Class B
EN55024
IEC61000-4-2
IEC61000-4-3
IEC61000-4-4
IEC61000-4-5
IEC61000-4-6
IEC61000-4-8
IEC61000-4-11
Safety standards:
TÜV (EN60950)
2) North America:
EMI:
FCC / ICES-003 Class A
Safety standards: UL60950 / CSA C22.2 No.60950
3) Japan:
EMI:
VCCI Class A
JEIDA 52
4) Oceania:
EMC: AS/NZS 3548 Class B
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
17
16
Confidential
1.7.4 Reliability
1) Life:
Mechanism:
Receipt:
15,000,000 lines
Slip:
5,000,000 lines
Print head:
1600 million shots/nozzle
(Shots are defined as the numbers of pulses energized for the print
head)
Autocutter:
1,500,000 cuts
(End of life: the printer is defined to have reached the end of its life
when it reaches the beginning of the wearout period.)
MICR reader mechanism (factory-installed option):
240,000 passes (when used with U.S. personal checks)
Endorsement mechanism (factory-installed option):
240,000 passes (when used with U.S. personal checks)
2) MTBF:
180,000 hours
(Failure is defined as a random failure occurring during the random
failure period.)
3) MCBF:
50,000,000 lines
(This is an average failure interval based on failures relating to wearout
and random failures up to the life of 20,000,000 lines (receipt:
15,000,000 lines + slip: 5,000,000 lines))
1.7.5 Environmental Conditions
1) Temperature and Humidity:
Printing:
Operating:
Storage:
EPSON
10 to 35°C {50 to 95°F}, 20 - 80% RH (non-condensing)
(Shaded area in Figure 1.7.1.)
5 to 40°C {41 to 104°F}, 20 - 80% RH (non-condensing)
(Area drawn with a solid line in Figure 1.7.1.)
a) When packed (ink not installed)
-20 to 60°C {-4 to 140°F}, 5 - 85% RH (non-condensing)
(within 120 hours at -20°C {68°F} or 60°C {140°F}
b) When ink is loaded
-20 to 40°C {-4 to 104°F}, 20 - 85% RH
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
18
17
Confidential
2) Maximum absolute rated temperature: 70°C {158°F}
(The printer must be kept at or below 70°C {158°F} whenever it is operating or in storage.)
Relative humidity (RH%)
80
55
20
5
Figure 1.7.1
10
27
35 40
Ambient temperature (°C)
Operating Temperature and Humidity Range
3) Operating pressure:
700 - 1050 hPa
(approximately -20 m to 2000 m {-66 to 6562 feet} in height above
sea level)
4) Vibration resistance:
When packed:
5) Impact resistance:
When packed:
Frequency: 5 to 55 Hz
2
Acceleration: Approximately 19.6 m/s {2G}
Sweep:
10 minutes (half cycle)
Duration:
1 hour
Directions:
x, y, and z
EPSON has confirmed that no unexpected conditions will occur in operation of the mechanism after
vibration under the above conditions.
Package:
Height:
Directions:
When unpacked: Height:
Directions:
EPSON standard package
60 cm {23.6"}
1 corner, 3 edges, and 6 surfaces
5 cm {2"}
Lift one edge and release it
(for all 4 edges).
EPSON has confirmed that no unexpected conditions will occur in operation of the mechanism after
impact under the above conditions.
6) Acoustic noise:
Operating:
Approximately 50 dB (ANSI bystander position)
(when using the autocutter in normal mode)
1.7.6 Installation
This printer must be installed horizontally.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
19
18
Confidential
2. CONFIGURATION
2.1 Interfaces
2.1.1 RS-232 Serial Interface
2.1.1.1 Specifications (RS-232–compatible)
Data transmission:
Serial
Synchronization:
Asynchronous
Handshaking:
DTR/DSR or XON/XOFF control
Signal levels:
MARK = -3 to -15 V:
Logic "1" / ON
SPACE = +3 to +15 V:
Logic "0" / OFF
Data word length:
7 or 8 bits
Baud rate:
2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200 bps
(bps: bits per second)
Parity settings:
None, even, odd
Stop bits:
1 or more
Connector (printer side):
Female DSUB-25 pin connector
The data word length, baud rate, and parity depend on the DIP switch
settings or the memory switch set with the GS ( E command. (Refer to
Section 3.3.3.) The number of stop bits for the printer side is fixed to
1.
2.1.1.2 Switching between online and offline
The printer does not have an online/offline switch.
The printer goes offline:
1) Between when the power is turned on or the printer is reset and when the printer mechanism is
finished initializing.
2) During the self-test.
3) When the paper roll cover is open.
4) When the carriage cover is open.
5) During paper feeding using the paper FEED button.
6) When the printer stops printing due to a paper-end (in cases when an empty paper supply is
detected by either the paper roll end detector or the paper roll near-end detector with a printing halt
feature set by ESC c 4).
7) When an error has occurred.
8) When head cleaning is performed.
9) When no ink cartridge is installed.
10) Between when an ink cartridge is exchanged due to the ink end detection and when the ink end is
canceled.
11) When the printer is waiting for insertion of another slip to be printed while waiting for removal of a
cut sheet.
12) After performing the power off sequence (DLE DC4 (fn = 2)).
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
20
19
Confidential
2.1.1.3 Interface connector terminal assignments and signal functions
Interface connector terminal assignments and signal functions are described in Table 2.1.1.
Table 2.1.1 Printer Interface Connector Status and Signals
Pin
no.
Signal
name
Signal
Function
direction
1
2
3
4
FG
TXD
RXD
RTS
—
Output
Input
Output
6
DSR
Input
7
20
SG
DTR
—
Output
Frame ground
Transmit data
Receive data
Memory switch Msw 1-6 OFF: Same as DTR signal (pin 20)
Memory switch Msw 1-6 ON: Logical product of DTR signals of DM-D and TM (if
both are SPACE, the printer can receive data
(SPACE).)
This signal indicates whether the host computer can receive data.
SPACE indicates that the host computer can receive data, and MARK indicates
that the host computer cannot receive data.
When DTR/DSR control is selected, the printer transmits data after confirming this
signal (except when transmitting data by DLE EOT, FS ( e, GS a, and GS j).
When XON/XOFF control is selected, the printer does not check this signal.
Changing the setting of memory switch Msw 1-7 enables this signal to be used as
a reset signal for the printer (refer to Section 3.3.3).
The printer is reset when the signal remains MARK for 1 ms or more (refer to
Section 2.1.1.16).
Signal ground
1) When DTR/DSR control is selected, this signal indicates whether the printer is
busy. SPACE indicates that the printer is ready to receive data, and MARK
indicates that the printer is busy. The busy condition can be changed by using
memory switch Msw 1-3 as follows (refer to Section 3.3.4):
Memory switch
Msw 1-3 status
ON
OFF
1. Between when the power is turned on or the printer is reset and BUSY BUSY
when the printer becomes ready to receive data.
2. Between when the printer becomes ready to receive data and
—
BUSY
when the printer mechanism is finished initializing.
3. During the self-test.
BUSY BUSY
4. When the cover is open.
—
BUSY
5. During paper feeding using the paper FEED button.
—
BUSY
6. When the printer stops printing due to a paper-end (only when —
BUSY
the paper roll is not present).
7. When an error has occurred.
—
BUSY
8. When head cleaning is performed.
—
BUSY
9. When an ink cartridge is removed, or while an ink cartridge is
—
BUSY
exchanged due to ink end detection (ink cartridge is empty).
BUSY
10. When the printer is waiting for printing or insertion of another —
slip to be printed while the printer is waiting for removal of a
cut sheet
—
BUSY
11. After performing the power off sequence.
BUSY BUSY
12. When the receive buffer becomes full. (*1)
Offline
Printer status
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
21
20
Confidential
Table 2.1.1 Printer Interface Connector Status and Signals (Continued)
Pin
No.
25
Signal
name
INIT
Signal
direction
Input
Function
2) When XON/XOFF control is selected:
The signal indicates whether the printer is correctly connected and is ready
to receive data. SPACE indicates that the printer is ready to receive data.
The signal is always SPACE except in the following cases:
• During the period from when the power is turned on to when the printer is
ready to receive data
• During the self-test
Changing the setting for memory switch Msw 1-8 enables this signal to be
used as a reset signal for the printer.
The printer is reset when the signal remains SPACE for 1 ms or more.
NOTE: (*1) • Condition of “receive buffer full”
The printer status when the space in the receive buffer drops to 128 bytes (or less) or
until the space in the receive buffer reaches 256 bytes.
• The printer ignores the data received when the remaining space in the receive buffer
is 0 bytes.
2.1.1.4 XON/XOFF transmission timing
When XON/XOFF control is selected, the printer transmits XON or XOFF signals as follows.
Transmission timing differs depending on the memory switch Msw 1-3 setting.
Table 2.1.2
XON/XOFF Transmission Timing
Memory Switch
Msw 1-3
ON
OFF
① When the printer goes online after turning on the power Transmit Transmit
or resetting
② When the receive buffer is released from the buffer full Transmit Transmit
state
—
Transmit
③ When the printer switches from offline to online
—
Transmit
④ When the printer recovers from an error using the
commands
Transmit Transmit
⑤ When the receive buffer becomes full
—
Transmit
⑥ When the printer switches from online to offline
Printer status
XON transmission
XOFF transmission
NOTES: • The XON code is <11>H and the XOFF code is <13>H.
• In case ③, XON is not transmitted when the receive buffer is full.
• In case ⑥, XOFF is not transmitted when the receive buffer is full.
• When memory switch Msw 1-3 is set to OFF, XON is not transmitted if the printer is in
the offline state in case ②.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
22
21
Confidential
2.1.1.5 Notes on setting memory switch Msw 1-3 to ON
1) The printer mechanism stops but does not become busy when: an error has occurred, the cover is
open, printing stops due to a paper-end, or paper is fed using the paper FEED button.
2) When setting memory switch Msw 1-3 to ON to enable handshaking with the printer, be sure to
check the printer status using the FS ( e, GS a, and GS j commands and the ASB function. In this
setting, the default value of n for the FS ( e command is 0, for the GS a command is 2, and for the
GS j command is 1. The printer automatically transmits the printer status, depending on
online/offline changes.
3) When using DLE EOT, DLE ENQ, and DLE DC4, be sure that the receive buffer does not become
full.
• When using a host that cannot transmit data when the printer is busy:
If an error has occurred, DLE EOT, DLE ENQ, and DLE DC4 cannot be used when the printer is
busy due to a receive buffer-full state.
• When using a host that can transmit data when the printer is busy:
When the receive buffer becomes full during transmission of bit-image data, if DLE ENQ, DLE
EOT, or DLE DC4 is used the command is also processed as bit-image data. Data transmitted
when the receive buffer is full may be lost.
Hint:
Check the printer status using GS I or GS r after transmitting each line of data.
Transmit one line of data at a time so that the receive buffer does not become full.
2.1.1.6 Notes on Resetting the Printer Using the Interface
The printer can be reset using interface pins 6 and 25 by changing the memory switch setting (refer to
Table 3.3.7, Memory Switch Msw 1).
Signal line
Table 2.1.3
Memory switch
Reset Switching
Reset condition
Pin 6 (DSR)
Msw 1-7: ON
MARK level input
Pin 25 (INIT)
Msw 1-8: ON
SPACE or TTL-HIGH level input
To reset the printer, the following requirements must be satisfied.
• DC characteristics:
Table 2.1.4
Reset DC Characteristics
Pin 6 (DSR)
Pin 25 (INIT)
Input HIGH voltage
VIH
-15 to -3 V
+2 to +15 V
Input LOW voltage
VIL
+3 to +15 V
-15 to + 0.8 V
Input HIGH current:
IIH
-5.3 mA (maximum)
1 mA (maximum)
Input LOW current:
IIL
-5 mA (maximum)
-2 mA (maximum)
Input impedance:
RIN
3 kΩ (minimum)
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
23
22
Confidential
• AC characteristics:
Minimum reset pulse width: TRS
1 ms (minimum)
• When using pin 6 (DSR) (Msw 1-7 is ON):
TRS
TRS
H
SPACE
L
MARK
Figure 2.1.1
Minimum Reset Pulse Width (Pin 6)
• When using pin 25 (INIT) (Msw 1-8 is ON):
TRS
TRS
H
SPACE (H)
MARK (L)L
Figure 2.1.2
Minimum Reset Pulse Width (Pin 25)
NOTES: • When a signal is input that does not satisfy the requirements above, printer operation is
not guaranteed. When a signal is input to pin 25 (INIT) at the TTL level, the
requirements above must also be satisfied. Although a signal is input to pin 6 (DSR) at
the TTL level, according to the DC characteristics described above, the operation is not
guaranteed and pin 6 cannot be controlled.
• When pin 6 (DSR) and pin 25 (INIT) are open, the printer is operating.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
24
23
Confidential
2.1.2 IEEE 1284 Bidirectional Parallel Interface (Parallel Interface Specifications)
Copyright  1994 by the Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers, Inc.
2.1.2.1 Compatibility Mode
1) Compatibility Mode is Data Transmission from Host to Printer only: Centronics compatible.
2) Specifications
Data transmission:
Synchronization:
Handshaking:
Signal levels:
Connector:
8-bit parallel
Externally supplied nStrobe signals*
nAck and Busy signals*
TTL compatible
ADS-B36BLFDR176 (HONDA) or equivalent (IEEE 1284 Type B)
* n before the signal name indicates active LOW.
3) Switching between online and offline
The printer is not equipped with any online/offline switch.
in any of the following cases:
The printer is placed into offline status
1) Between when the power is turned on or the printer is reset and when the printer
mechanism is finished initializing.
2) During the self-test.
3) When the paper roll cover is open.
4) When the carriage cover is open.
5) During paper feeding using the paper FEED button.
6) When the printer stops printing due to a paper-end (in cases when an empty paper supply
is detected by either the paper roll end detector or the paper roll near-end detector with a
printing halt feature set by ESC c 4).
7) When an error has occurred.
8) When head cleaning is performed.
9) When no ink cartridge is installed.
10) Between when an ink cartridge is exchanged due to the ink end detection and when the ink
end is canceled.
11) When the printer is waiting for insertion of another slip to be printed while waiting for
removal of a cut sheet.
12) After performing the power off sequence (DLE DC4 (fn = 2)).
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
25
24
Confidential
2.1.2.2 Reverse mode (data transmission from printer to host)
The status data transmission from the printer to the host proceeds in the Nibble or Byte mode.
• Description
This mode allows data transmission from the asynchronous printer under the control of the host.
Data transmissions in the Nibble Mode are made via the existing control lines in units of four bits (a
Nibble). In the Byte Mode, data transmissions proceed by making the eight-bit data lines
bidirectional.
Both modes fail to proceed concurrently with the Compatibility Mode, thereby causing half-duplex
transmission.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
26
25
Confidential
2.1.2.3 Interface connector pin assignments for each mode
Pin
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
Table 2.1.5
Source
Host
Host/Ptr
Host/Ptr
Host/Ptr
Host/Ptr
Host/Ptr
Host/Ptr
Host/Ptr
Host/Ptr
Printer
Printer
Printer
Printer
Host
Printer
Host
Printer
Printer
Printer
Host
EPSON
Interface Connector Pin Assignments for Each Mode
Compatibility mode
Nibble mode
Byte mode
nStrobe
HostClk
HostClk
Data0 (LSB)
Data0 (LSB)
Data0 (LSB)
Data1
Data1
Data1
Data2
Data2
Data2
Data3
Data3
Data3
Data4
Data4
Data4
Data5
Data5
Data5
Data6
Data6
Data6
Data7 (MSB)
Data7 (MSB)
Data7 (MSB)
nAck
PtrClk
PtrClk
Busy
PtrBusy/Data3, 7
PtrBusy
Perror
AckDataReq/Data2, 6 AckDataReq
Select
Xflag/Data1, 5
Xflag
nAutoFd
HostBusy
HostBusy
NC
ND
ND
GND
GND
GND
FG
FG
FG
Logic-H
Logic-H
Logic-H
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
nInit
nInit
nInit
nFault
nDataAvail/Data0, 4
nDataAvail
GND
ND
ND
DK_STATUS
ND
ND
+5V
ND
ND
nSelectIn
1284-Active
1284-Active
NC: Not connected
ND: Not defined
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
27
26
Confidential
NOTES: 1. A prefix "n" to signal names refers to "L" active signals. If the host is not equipped with all of
the signal lines listed above, two-way communication is not possible.
2. For interfacing, signal lines shall use twisted pair cables with the return sides connected to
signal ground level.
3. Interfacing conditions shall all be based on the TTL level to meet the characteristics described
below. In addition, both rise time and fall time of each signal shall be 0.5 µs or less.
4. Data transmission shall not ignore the signals nAck or Busy. An attempt to transmit data with
either signal, nAck or Busy, ignored can cause lost data. (Data transmissions to the printer
shall be made after verifying the nAck signal or while the Busy signal is at the "L" level.)
5. Interface cables shall be below the maximum length and as short as possible.
2.1.2.4 Electrical characteristics
Table 2.1.6
DC Characteristics (Except Logic-H,
Specifications
Characteristics
Symbol
Min
Max
Output HIGH voltage
VOH
*2.4 V
5.5 V
+5 V signals)
Conditions
*IOH=0.32 mA
Output LOW voltage
VOL
-0.5 V
*0.4 V
*IOL=-12 mA
Output HIGH current
IOH
0.32 mA
-
VOH=2.4 V
Output LOW current
IOL
-12 mA
-
VOL=0.4 V
Input HIGH voltage
VIH
2.0 V
-
Input LOW voltage
VIL
-
Input HIGH current
IIH
-
-0.32 mA
VIH=2.0 V
Input LOW current
IIL
-
12 mA
VIL=0.8 V
0.8 V
Table 2.1.7
Output HIGH voltage
Logic-H Signal Sender Characteristics
Specifications
Symbol
Min
Max
VOH
0V
5V
Output LOW voltage
VOL
Characteristics
-
2.0 V
Conditions
While the power is OFF
Table 2.1.8
Output HIGH voltage
+5 V Signal Sender Characteristics
Specifications
Symbol
Conditions
Min
Max
VOH
*2.4 V
5.5 V
*IOH=0.32 mA
Output LOW voltage
VOL
Output HIGH current
Output LOW current
Characteristics
-
- **
While the power is OFF
IOH
-
0.32 mA
VOH=2.4 V
IOL
- **
-
While the power is OFF
** No guarantee is offered to VOL and IOL while the power is OFF.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
28
27
Confidential
2.1.2.5 Data receiving timing (compatibility mode)
DATA
Data n
Data n+1
nStrobe
tSetup
tSTB
tHold
Busy
Peripheral Busy
tReady
tBUSY
nAck
tReply
tACK
tnBUSY
tNext
Figure 2.1.3
Data Receiving Timing
Table 2.1.9
Data Hold Time (host)
Data Receiving Timing
Specifications
Symbol
Minimum [ns] Maximum [ns]
tHold
750
--
Data Setup Time
tSetup
750
--
STROBE Pulse Width
tSTB
750
--
READY Cycle Idle Time
tReady
0
--
BUSY Output Delay Time
tBUSY
0
500
Data Processing Time
tReply
0
∞
ACKNLG Pulse Width
tACK
500
10µs
BUSY Release Time
tnBUSY
0
∞
ACK Cycle Idle Time
tNext
0
--
Characteristics
*The printer latches data at the nStrobe rising edge.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
29
28
Confidential
2.1.2.6 Notes on resetting the printer through the interface
When the printer is reset through the interface nInit signal (pin # 31) in compatibility mode, satisfy the
following characteristics; however, note that the reset signal is ignored in Reverse Mode (pin # 36
nSelectIn (1284-Active: ”H”)).
DC Characteristics
TTL level
AC Characteristics
Minimum reset pulse width TR: 50 µs (minimum)
nSelectIn
(1284-Active)
min. 0
min. 1 ms
nInit
TR
min. 50 µs
Figure 2.1.4
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
30
29
Confidential
2.1.2.7 Reception of status from the printer through the bidirectional parallel interface
In the bidirectional parallel interface specifications, the printer status transmission is available by using
the two-way communication facility in the Nibble/Byte Modes in accordance with IEEE 1284.
In this case, as opposed to the RS-232 serial interface specifications, the real-time interruptions from
the printer to the host are disabled and thus precautions must be taken for the following:
1) The allowable capacity of the printer internal buffer is 99 bytes (except ASB status). The status
signals exceeding this capacity will be discarded. To prevent possible loss of status, the host
shall be ready to accept data (Reverse Mode).
2) When ASB is used, the host is preferably in the wait state for accepting data (Reverse Idle Mode).
When this state is not available, the host shall enter the Reverse Mode to constantly monitor the
presence of data.
3) When ASB is used in the Reverse Mode, preference shall be given to the ASB status for
transmission over the other status signals. Any accumulated ASB status signals left for
transmission from the last to the newest ASB status transmission shall be transmitted together at
one time as one ASB status, showing the presence of change, followed by the latest ASB status.
Example: In the normal (wait) state, the ASB status is configured as follows.
First Status
0001 0000
Second Status Third Status
0000 0000
0000 0000
Fourth Status
0110 1111
After this sequence of operations, if, for example, the near end is detected, the printer
cover is opened, and the printer cover is closed, the following pieces of data are
accumulated.
①
First Status
0001 0000
Second Status Third Status
0000 0000
0000 0011
Fourth Status
0110 1111
②
0011 1000
0000 0000
0000 0011
0110 1111
The printer cover is opened.
③
0001 0000
0000 0000
0000 0011
0110 1111
The printer cover is closed.
Near end detection
When the ASB status is received following this, a total of eight bytes of ASB will be
transmitted as follows.
Accumulated ASB (①+②+③)
+
The latest ASB (③)
EPSON
First Status
0011 1000
Second Status Third Status
0000 0000
0000 0011
Fourth Status
0110 1111
First Status
0001 0000
Second Status Third Status
0000 0000
0000 0011
Fourth Status
0110 1111
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
31
30
Confidential
2.1.2.8 Notes on setting memory switch Msw 1-3 to ON
1) The printer mechanism stops but does not become BUSY in the following cases:
• When an error occurs.
• When the cover is open.
• When the printer stops printing due to a paper end.
• When paper is fed using the paper FEED button.
2) When handshaking with the printer while using this switch setting, make sure to monitor the printer
with the FS ( e, GS a, and GS j commands and the ASB function.
With this switch setting, the default value of n for the FS ( e command is 0, for the GS a command is
2, and for the GS j command is 1. This automatically transmits the printer status, depending on
online/offline changes.
3) When using DLE EOT, DLE ENQ, or DLE DC4 make sure that the receive buffer does not become
full.
If an error occurs when the receive buffer is full and the printer is BUSY, DLE EOT, DLE ENQ, or
DLE DC4 cannot be used.
2.1.3 Other Interfaces
Various interface boards (EPSON UB series) can be used (except UB-P02).
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
32
31
Confidential
2.2 Connectors
2.2.1 Interface Connectors
Refer to Section 2.1, Interfaces.
2.2.2 Power Supply Connector
This connector is used to connect the printer to an external power source.
1) Pin assignments:
Refer to Table 2.2.1.
Shell
Figure 2.2.1
Power Supply Connector
Table 2.2.1 Power Supply Connector Pin Assignments
Pin number
Signal name
1
+24 VDC
2
GND
3
NC
Shell
Frame GND
NC: Not Connected
2) Connector model:
EPSON
Printer side:
User side:
Hosiden TCS7960-532010 or equivalent
Hosiden TCP8927-631100 or equivalent
TCP8927-531100 or equivalent
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
33
32
Confidential
2.2.3 Drawer Kick-out Connector (Modular Connector)
The pulse specified by ESC p or DLE DC4 (fn = 1) is output to this connector. The host can confirm
the status of the input signal by using the DLE EOT, GS r, or GS a (ASB status) commands.
1) Pin assignments:
2) Connector model:
Refer to Table 2.2.2
Printer side:
MOLEX 52065-6615 or equivalent
User side:
6-position, 6-contact (RJ12 telephone jack)
Table 2.2.2 Drawer Kick-out Connector Pin Assignments
Pin number
Signal name
Direction
1
Frame GND
—
2
Drawer kick-out drive signal 1
Output
3
Drawer open/close signal
Input
4
+24 V
—
5
Drawer kick-out drive signal 2
Output
6
Signal GND
—
Pin 4 must be used only for the drawer.
1
6
Figure 2.2.2 Drawer Kick-out Connector
3) Drawer kick-out drive signal
Output signal:
Output voltage: Approximately 24 V
Output current: 1 A or less
To avoid an overcurrent, the resistance of the drawer kick-out solenoid must be 24 Ω or
more.
Output waveform:
Outputs the waveforms in Figure 2.2.3 to points A and B in Figure
2.2.4.
ON time and OFF time are specified by ESC p or DLE DC4.
CAUTION:
t 1x 2 msec
ON time
Figure 2.2.3
EPSON
t 1x 2 msec
OFF time
Drawer Kick-out Drive Signal Output Waveform
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
34
33
Confidential
4) Drawer open/close signal
Input signal level (connector pin 3):
"L" = 0 to 0.8 V
"H" = 2 to 5 V
Drawer kick-out connector
1
F. G
With shielded
Drawer kick-out solenoid
2
A
3
P-GND
+24V
4
5
B
Drawer open/close switch
6
P-GND
Printer side
User side (Drawer kick-out side)
Figure 2.2.4
Drawer Circuitry
NOTES: 1. Use a shielded cable as the drawer connector cable.
2. Two driver transistors cannot be energized simultaneously.
3. The drawer drive duty must be as shown below.
ON time
≤ 0.2
(ON time + OFF time)
4. Be sure to use the printer power supply (connector pin 4) for the drawer power source.
5. The resistance of the drawer kick-out solenoid must not be less than specified.
Otherwise, an overcurrent could damage the solenoid.
6. Do not connect a telecommunication network to the drawer kick-out connector.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
35
34
Confidential
2.2.4 Customer Display Connector
(Available only for the serial interface model)
1) Model:
Receptacle:
MOLEX 52065-8845 or equivalent
2) Pin assignments:
Table 2.2.3
Customer Display Connector Pin Assignments
Pin number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Signal name
Direction
FG
NC
TXD
DTR
DSR
SG
+24
PG
—
—
Output
Output
Input
—
—
—
NC: Not connected
+24 V is always output through pin 7. The driving capability is 350 mA or less.
use customer displays other than the Seiko Epson DM-D series.
1
Figure 2.2.5
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
Be sure not to
8
DM-D Connector
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
36
35
Confidential
3. FUNCTIONS
3.1 List of Commands
Command
Name
HT
Horizontal tab
LF
Print and line feed
FF
1) Print and eject cut sheet
2) Print data in page mode and change to standard mode
CR
Print and carriage return
CAN
Cancel print data in page mode
DLE EOT
Real-time status transmission
DLE ENQ
Real-time request to printer
1) Generate pulse in real-time (fn = 1)
DLE DC4
2) Execute power off (fn = 2)
3) Transmit specified status in real-time (fn = 7)
4) Clear buffer(s) (fn = 8)
ESC FF
Print data in page mode
ESC SP
Set right-side character spacing
ESC !
Select print mode(s)
ESC $
Set absolute print position
ESC %
Select/cancel user-defined character set
ESC &
Define user-defined characters
ESC ∗
Select bit-image mode
ESC −
Turn underline mode on/off
ESC 2
Select default line spacing
ESC 3
Set line spacing
ESC <
Return home
ESC =
Select peripheral device
ESC ?
Cancel user-defined characters
ESC @
Initialize printer
ESC D
Set horizontal tab positions
ESC E
Turn emphasized mode on/off
ESC F
Set/cancel cut sheet reverse eject
ESC G
Turn double-strike mode on/off
ESC J
Print and feed paper
ESC K
Print and reverse feed
ESC L
Select page mode
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
37
36
Confidential
Command
ESC M
Select character font
ESC R
Select an international character set
ESC S
Select standard mode
ESC T
Select print direction in page mode
ESC U
Turn unidirectional printing mode on/off
ESC W
Set printing area in page mode
ESC \
Set relative print position
ESC a
Select justification
ESC c 0
Select paper type(s) for printing
ESC c 1
Select paper type(s) for command settings
ESC c 3
Select paper sensor(s) to output paper-end signals
ESC c 4
Select paper sensor(s) to stop printing
ESC c 5
Enable/disable panel buttons
ESC d
Print and feed n lines
ESC e
Print and reverse feed n lines
ESC f
Set cut sheet wait time
ESC p
Generate pulse
ESC q
Paper release
ESC t
Select character code table
ESC {
Turn upside-down printing mode on/off
FS ( e
Enable/disable Automatic Status Back (ASB) for operational function(s)
GS !
Select character size
GS $
Set absolute vertical print position in page mode
GS ( A
Execute test print
GS ( B
Customize ASB status bits
GS ( C
Edit NV user memory
GS ( D
Enable/disable real-time commands
GS ( E
User setup commands
GS ( G
Select cut sheet control function(s)
GS ( H
Request response transmission
GS ( K
Select print control method(s)
GS ( L
GS 8 L
Name
Set graphics data
GS ( M
Customize printer control value(s)
GS ( N
Select character style(s)
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
38
37
Confidential
Command
GS ( P
Name
Select page mode control function(s)
GS ( k
Setup and print symbol
GS B
Turn white/black reverse printing mode on/off
GS H
Select printing position of HRI characters
GS I
Transmit printer ID
GS L
Set left margin
GS P
Set horizontal and vertical motion units
GS T
Set print position to the beginning of print line
GS V
Select cut mode and cut paper
GS W
Set printing area width
GS \
Set relative vertical print position in page mode
GS a
Enable/disable Automatic Status Back (ASB)
GS f
Select font for HRI characters
GS g 0
Initialize maintenance counter
GS g 2
Transmit maintenance counter
GS h
Set bar code height
GS j
Enable/disable Automatic Status Back (ASB) for ink
GS k
Print bar code
GS r
Transmit status
GS w
Set bar code width
Command list for models with the MICR option
Command
DLE EOT (n = 8)
Name
Real-time MICR status transmission
FS ( f
Select MICR data handling
FS c
MICR mechanism cleaning
GS ( G
Select cut sheet control function(s) (for MICR mechanism)
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
39
38
Confidential
®
The commands listed below in the first column are defined as “obsolete commands” in the ESC/POS
command system. This printer supports both upward-compatible commands and obsolete
commands. However, the upward-compatible commands are recommended for use.
Obsolete command
Upward-compatible command
FS a 0:
Read check paper
GS ( G
<Function 80> + <Function 83> + <Function 60>
FS a 1:
Load check paper to print starting
position
GS ( G
<Function 80> + <Function 48> + <Function 84>
FS a 2:
Eject check paper
GS ( G <Function 85>
FS b:
Request retransmission of check
paper reading result
GS ( G <Function 61>
GS ∗:
Define downloaded bit image
GS ( L <Function 83> or <Function 84>
GS /:
Print downloaded bit image
GS ( L <Function 85>
GS Q 0:
Print variable vertical size bit image
GS ( L <Function 113> + <Function 50>
GS v 0:
Print raster bit image
GS ( L <Function 112> and <Function 50>
NOTE: “Obsolete commands” are commands that are supported by legacy models; however it is
recommended to replace them with upward-compatible commands, because they will not be
supported in the future products.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
40
39
Confidential
3.2 Character Code Tables
3.2.1 Page 0 (PC437: USA, Standard Europe) (International Character Set: U.S.A.)
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
41
40
Confidential
3.2.2 Page 1 (Katakana)
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
42
41
Confidential
3.2.3 Page 2 (PC850: Multilingual)
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
43
42
Confidential
3.2.4 Page 3 (PC860: Portuguese)
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
44
43
Confidential
3.2.5 Page 4 (PC863: Canadian-French)
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
45
44
Confidential
3.2.6 Page 5 (PC865: Nordic)
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
46
45
Confidential
3.2.7 Page 16 (WPC1252)
• •
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
47
46
Confidential
3.2.8 Page 17 (PC866: Cyrillic #2)
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
48
47
Confidential
3.2.9 Page 18 (PC852: Latin2)
SP
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
49
48
Confidential
3.2.10 Page19 (PC858: Euro)
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
50
49
Confidential
3.2.11 Page 255 (User-defined Page)
UD: Undefined
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
51
50
Confidential
3.2.12 International Character Sets
ASCII code (Hex)
Country
23
24
40
5B
5C
5D
5E
60
7B
7C
7D
7E
U.S.A
#
$
@
[
\
]
^
`
{
|
}
~
France
#
$
à
°
ç
§
^
`
é
ù
è
¨
Germany
#
$
§
Ä
Ö
Ü
^
`
ä
ö
ü
ß
U.K.
£
$
@
[
\
]
^
`
{
|
}
~
Denmark I
#
$
@
Æ
Ø
Å
^
`
æ
ø
å
~
Sweden
#
¤
É
Ä
Ö
Å
Ü
é
ä
ö
å
ü
Italy
#
$
@
°
\
é
^
ù
à
ò
è
ì
Spain I
Pt
$
@
¡
Ñ
¿
^
`
¨
ñ
}
~
Japan
#
$
@
[
¥
]
^
`
{
|
}
~
Norway
#
¤
É
Æ
Ø
Å
Ü
é
æ
ø
å
ü
Denmark II
#
$
É
Æ
Ø
Å
Ü
é
æ
ø
å
ü
Spain II
#
$
á
¡
Ñ
¿
é
`
í
ñ
ó
ú
Latin America
#
$
á
¡
Ñ
¿
é
ü
í
ñ
ó
ú
Korea
#
$
@
[
W
]
^
`
{
|
}
~
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
52
51
Confidential
3.3 Switches and Buttons
3.3.1 Power Button
1) The power button (rocker type) located on the front of the printer turns the power on or off.
NOTE: Turn on/off the power only after connecting the power supply.
<Disabling the power button>
A power button cover option is available.
Use this cover to avoid turning power off accidentally.
<Executing the power-off sequence>
It is recommended to turn the power off only after executing the power-off command (DLE DC4 fn
= 2). If the power is turned off without executing the power-off command, the ink will be wasted
since the cleaning is done when the printer is turned on the next time, or the ink nozzle will be
clogged if unused period exceeds two weeks. (Refer to Appendix G for details.)
3.3.2 Panel Button
The panel button of the printer is located beside the slip entrance.
The paper FEED button can be disabled with the ESC c 5 command.
roll FEED button cannot function.
When it is disabled, the paper
1) Paper FEED button (PAPER FEED SW) (non-locking push button)
[Function] The printer feeds paper based on the line spacing set by the ESC 2 or ESC 3 command.
The printer feeds the paper roll if the paper roll mechanism is enabled, or feeds the slip if
the slip mechanism is enabled. The back of the slip is fed by the PAPER FEED button
in the reverse direction of the feeding direction of the endorsement printing.
However, paper feeding using the paper FEED button cannot be performed under the
following conditions:
• Between when the printer starts to eject a cut sheet and when the printer finishes
waiting for removal of the cut sheet.
• Between when the printer waits for insertion of a cut sheet and when the printer
finishes setting the print starting position.
• Between when the printer waits for insertion of a cut sheet and when the MICR
function is set to “disable.”
• When head cleaning is performed, an error has occurred, or when the paper roll
cover is open.
2) Cleaning button (CLEANING SW) (non-locking push button)
[Function] The printer performs the manual cleaning operation if the button is pressed for 3 seconds
or more. Perform the manual cleaning when the print result is not dark enough.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
53
52
Confidential
3.3.3 DIP Switches
The DIP switch is located on the main board inside the bottom cover of the printer.
3.3.3.1 Serial interface specifications
SW 1
1
Table 3.3.1
Function
Reserved
DIP Switches
ON
--
OFF
Fixed to Off
2
Interface condition selection
By DIP switch
By memory switch
3
Handshaking
XON/XOFF control
DTR/DSR control
4
Word length
7 bits
8 bits
5
Parity check
Yes
No
6
Parity selection
Even
Odd
Transmission speed selection
Refer to Table 3.3.2
7
8
Table 3.3.2 Transmission Speed
Transmission speed (bps)
SW1-7
SW1-8
9600
ON
ON
19200
OFF
ON
38400
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
115200
bps: bits per second
NOTE: Changes in DIP switch settings are recognized only when the printer power is turned on or
when the printer is reset by using the interface. If the DIP switch setting is changed after the
printer power is turned on, the change does not take effect until the printer is turned on again
or is reset.
3.3.3.2 Parallel interface specifications
SW 1
1–8
Table 3.3.3
Function
Reserved
EPSON
DIP Switches
ON
--
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
OFF
Fixed to Off.
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
54
53
Confidential
3.3.4 Memory Switches
Memory switches are defined:
• Memory switches: Msw 1, Msw 2, Msw 8
• Customized value
• Communication conditions of the serial interface
Customized value and communication conditions of the serial interface refer to GS ( E.
1) Memory switches
Msw 1 is defined as follows:
Table 3.3.4 Memory Switch Msw 1
Bit
Function
0 (Off)
1
Transmits the power ON information
Does not transmit
2
Reserved
-Receive buffer-full
3
Conditions for BUSY
or offline
4
Data processing for receiving error
Prints "?"
5
Automatic line feed
Disabled
6
Connection of DM-D
Not connected
7
Pin #6: Selection of reset signal
Not used
8
Pin #25: Selection of reset signal
Not used
NOTE: Msw 1-7 and 1-8 are effective only when the serial interface is used.
1 (On)
Transmits
-Receive buffer-full
Ignored
Enabled
Connected
Used
Used
Msw 2 is defined as follows:
Bit
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Table 3.3.5 Memory Switch Msw 2
Function
0 (Off)
Reserved (the setting must not be changed)
-Autocutter operation
Disabled
Reserved
-Reserved
-Reserved
-Reserved
-Reserved
-Reserved
--
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
1 (On)
Fixed to On.
Enabled
-------
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
55
54
Confidential
Msw 8 is defined as follows:
Bit
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Table 3.3.6
Function
Memory Switch Msw 8
0 (Off)
Reserved
-Reserved
-Reserved
-Reserved
-Reserved
-Slip print columns (for font A / font B)
48 / 64
Face of the slip
46 / 61
Endorsement (back of the slip)
Receipt print columns (for font A / font B)
Paper width 57.5 mm {2.26"}
30 / 40
69.5 mm {2.74"}
36 / 48
76 mm {2.99"}
40 / 53
82.5 mm {3.25"}
42 / 56
Paper roll cover open during printing
Automatically
recoverable error
1 (On)
-----52/ 72
50 / 69
32 / 45
39 / 54
43 / 60
46 / 64
Recoverable error
2) Customized value
Table 3.3.7
Function
Paper width selection
Customized Value
Value
57.5 mm {2.26"}
69.5 mm {2.74"}
76 mm {2.99"}
82.5 mm {3.25"}
Refer to GS ( E for setting the customized value.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
56
55
Confidential
3) Communication conditions for the serial interface
Table 3.3.8
Function
Baud rate
Parity
Handshaking
Data length
Communication Conditions for the Serial Interface
Value
2400 bps
4800 bps
9600 bps
19200 bps
38400 bps
57600 bps
115200 bps
None
Odd
Even
DTR/DSR control
XON/XOFF control
7 bits
8 bits
Refer to GS ( E for setting the communication conditions of the serial interface.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
57
56
Confidential
3.4 Indicators
3.4.1 Panel LED Indicators
1) Power supply (POWER) LED: Green
On:
Power is stable.
Off:
Power is not stable.
Flashing: While some operations (power-on process, power-off process, or cleaning) are
executed.
(Refer to Figure 3.4.1 and 3.4.2)
Power on (an operation is executed): Flashing
320 ms
320 ms
Figure 3.4.1
Power LED Flashing Pattern
Power off process (after DLE DC4 fn = 2 is executed) Flashing
160 ms
2400 ms
Figure 3.4.2
Power LED Flashing Pattern
2) Error (ERROR) LED: Red
On:
Offline (except during paper feeding using the paper FEED button, during self-test, and
cleaning)
Off:
Online
Flashing: Error (refer to Section 3.8, Error Processing)
3) Ink out (INK OUT) LED:
Single-color model:
Two-color model:
Red
Has one LED - for color 1 (SJIC8(K))
Has two LEDs - for color 1 (SJIC6(K)) and color 2 (SJIC7 (R), (B), (G))
(INK OUT LED)
The INK OUT LED indicates the following status:
Flashing: Ink near end.
Off:
Ink cartridge is installed and ink remains adequate.
On:
Ink cartridge is not installed or ink end. (Need to replace the ink cartridge.)
NOTES: • The number of the printable characters from when the ink near end is detected to when
the ink is ended differs depending on the conditions. If the ink near end is detected,
prepare to replace the ink cartridge.
• Detection of ink cartridge installation and the ink near end status is performed only when
the carriage cover is closed. If the carriage cover is open, the INK OUT LED keeps the
same status as before the carriage cover was opened.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
58
57
Confidential
4) Paper roll end (PAPER OUT) LED: Red
On:
The paper is empty or the paper roll near end is detected.
Off:
Paper roll is loaded.
Flashing: Self-test standby state.
5) Cut sheet (CUT SHEET) LED: Green
On:
When the cut sheet (slip, check) is set as the paper source.
Off:
When the paper roll is set as the paper source.
Flashing: Cut sheet insertion / removal waiting state (refer to Figure 3.4.3).
Approximately 320
Slip insertion waiting
Approximately
1760
Approximately 320
Personal check insertion waiting
(only for MICR-equipped model)
Approximately
2080
Approximately 320
Slip removal waiting state
[Units: ms]
Figure 3.4.3
CUT SHEET LED Flashing Pattern
NOTE: If the cut sheet is removed during in the cut sheet removal waiting state, the SLIP LED light is
on for one second.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
59
58
Confidential
3.5 Self-test
1) The printer has a self-test function that checks the following:
• Control circuit functions
• Printer mechanisms
• Print quality
• Control software version
• DIP switch settings
• Memory switch settings
• Paper width to be set
2) Starting the self-test
a) Self-test on a paper roll
To start the self-test on a paper roll, hold down the FEED button while turning on the printer
with the cover closed.
b) Self-test on a cut sheet
To start the self-test on a cut sheet, hold down the CLEANING button while turning on the
printer with the cover closed. The printer flashes the CUT SHEET LED and enters the paper
insertion waiting state. Insert a cut sheet to begin printing the printer status.
NOTES:
• The self-test on the cut sheet is performed with full-column printing regardless
of the paper width that is currently selected. If the width of the cut sheet is
narrower than full-column print width, the ink may make the platen dirty beyond
the edge of the paper. Make sure to use a cut sheet with a width wider than 85
mm {3.35"}
• When the self-test is performed on the cut sheet, the paper roll also must be
loaded.
c) Self-test of the endorsement mechanism (only for the endorsement-equipped model)
To start the self-test of the endorsement mechanism, hold down the CLEANING button while
turning on the printer with the cover open and then close the cover. The printer flashes the
CUT SHEET LED and enters the paper waiting state. Insert paper to begin printing the test
printing with the endorsement mechanism.
NOTES:
• User paper with a width narrower than 101.6 mm {4"} for the endorsement
self-test. Otherwise, the paper may be jammed.
• When the self-test is performed with the endorsement mechanism, the paper
roll also must be loaded.
3) Self-test standby state
a) Self-test on a paper roll
After printing the current printer status, the printer prints the message "If you want to continue
SELF-TEST printing, please press FEED button." The PAPER OUT LED indicator flashes
and the printer enters the test printing standby state.
b) Self-test on a cut sheet
After printing the current printer status, the printer ejects the cut sheet and waits for the next
sheet of paper to be inserted. Insert another cut sheet to begin printing the test.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
60
59
Confidential
4) Ending the self-test
After a number of lines are printed, the printer indicates the end of the self-test by printing "***
completed ***," initializes, and goes into the normal mode.
The printer then enters the normal print mode.
3.6 Hexadecimal Dumping
1) Hexadecimal dumping function
This function prints the data transmitted from the host computer in hexadecimal numbers and in
their corresponding characters.
2) Starting hexadecimal dumping
Open the paper roll cover and turn the power on while pressing the paper FEED button; then close
the paper roll cover. The printer first prints "Hexadecimal Dump" on the paper roll and prints the
received print data in hexadecimal numbers and their corresponding characters.
NOTES: • If no characters correspond to the data received, the printer prints "."
• During hexadecimal dumping, any commands other than DLE EOT, DLE ENQ, or DLE
DC4 do not function.
3) Ending hexadecimal dumping
Hexadecimal dumping ends by turning the power off, pressing the paper FEED button three times
with the cover closed, or resetting the printer through the interface after printing has finished.
<Printing example>
Hexadecimal Dump
1B
1B
41
21
25
42
00
01
43
EPSON
1B
1B
44
26
63
45
02
34
46
40
00
47
40
1B
48
:
:
:
.
.
A
! .
% .
B C
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
.
.
D
&
c
E
.
4
F
@ @
. .
G H
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
61
60
Confidential
3.7 Memory Switches Setting Mode
1) Memory switches setting function
This function sets memory switches using the panel button and the paper roll cover.
Memory switches can be set to control the following:
➀ Enable or disable autocutter operation
➁ Set the communication condition of the serial interface
➂ Setting the conditions for communication
• Handling a reception error occurs
• Conditions for BUSY
➃ Automatic line feed
➄ Interface reset signal
2) Mode start
Open the paper roll cover and turn the power on while pressing the paper FEED button; then press
the paper FEED button twice and close the paper roll cover. Press the paper FEED button once
more, and the instructions for setting the memory switches are printed. Follow these instructions.
3) Mode end
At the end of the setting mode, save the setting contents, and initialize the printer.
the printer, the printer is ready to print.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
After initializing
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
62
61
Confidential
3.8 Error Processing
3.8.1 Error Types
1) Errors that automatically recover
Table 3.8.1
Errors that Automatically Recover
ERROR LED flashing pattern
Error
Description
Paper roll cover
open error (*1)
Printing on the paper
roll is not performed
correctly due to a
cover-open
The temperature of the
print head is extremely
high (expected
temperature in normal
operation).
The temperature of the
print head is extremely
low (expected
temperature in normal
operation).
Print head high
temperature
error (*2)
Print head low
temperature
error (*2)
Approximately 320 ms
Recovery condition
Recovers
automatically when
the cover is closed.
Recovers
automatically when
the print head cools.
Recovers
automatically when
the print head
temperature
increases.
*1: This is selectable with the memory switch as an error that automatically recovers.
*2: If the head temperature is only slightly out of range the printer can recover, but a large
deviation from the appropriate range causes an unrecoverable error as an internal circuit error.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
63
62
Confidential
2) Errors that have the possibly of recovery
Table 3.8.2
Errors that Have the Possibility of Recovery
ERROR LED flashing pattern
Recovery condition
Description
Error
Approximately 320 ms
Paper roll cover
open error (*1)
Autocutter error
Printing on the paper
roll is not performed
correctly due to a
cover-open.
The autocutter does not
work correctly.
Carriage home
position
detection error
The home position
cannot be detected due
to a paper jam.
Carriage out of
phase
detection error
The carriage is out of
phase.
Cut sheet
ejection error
The cut sheet cannot
be ejected even if a
certain amount of
feeding is tried.
Recovers by DLE
ENQ (n = 1) or DLE
ENQ (n = 2) when the
cover is closed.
Recovers by DLE
ENQ (n = 1) or DLE
ENQ (n = 2)
when the cover is
closed.
Recovers by DLE
ENQ (n = 1) or DLE
ENQ (n = 2)
when the cover is
closed.
Recovers by DLE
ENQ (n = 1) or DLE
ENQ (n = 2)
when the cover is
closed.
Recovers by DLE
ENQ (n = 1) or DLE
ENQ (n = 2)
when the cover is
closed.
*1: This is selectable with a memory switch as an error that has the possibility of recovery.
NOTES: • If the printer recovers from an error that has the possibility of recovery with DLE ENQ (n
= 1) when the printer has selected the slip as the paper source and an error has occurred
while printing on the slip, the printer ejects the slip first if it is still remains, and enters the
paper waiting state. However, if the printer recovers from a cut sheet ejection error, the
printer ejects the slip only, and does not enter the paper insertion waiting state.
• If the printer recovers from an error that has the possibility of recovery with DLE ENQ (n
= 1) when the printer has selected the slip as the paper source and an error has occurred
except when printing on the slip, the printer ejects the slip first if it is still remains, and
selects the slip as the paper source, and does not enter the paper insertion waiting state.
• If the printer recovers from an error that has the possibility of recovery with DLE ENQ (n
= 2) when slip is set as the paper source, the printer ejects the slip only if it still remains.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
64
63
Confidential
3) Errors that are impossible to recover
Table 3.8.3
Errors that are Impossible to Recover
ERROR LED flashing pattern
Error
Description
CPU execution
error
The CPU executes an
incorrect address or the
I/F board is not
connected.
After R/W checking, the
printer does not work
correctly.
R/W error
Approximately 320 ms
Recovery condition
Impossible to recover.
Impossible to recover.
Approximately 5120 ms
High voltage
error
The power supply
voltage is extremely
high.
Impossible to recover.
Low voltage
error
The power supply
voltage is extremely
low.
Impossible to recover.
Internal circuit
error
Internal circuit does not
work correctly.
Impossible to recover.
UIB error
UIB does not work
correctly.
Impossible to recover.
NOTE: When any error shown above occurs, turn off the power as soon as possible.
3.8.2 Printer Operation When an Error Occurs
The printer executes the following operations when detecting an error.
• Stops all printer operations for the selected paper section.
• Goes BUSY (Refer to Section 3.3.4 Memory Switches, when the printer is set to offline if the printer
is set offline with memory switch Msw 1-3).
• Flashes the ERROR LED.
3.8.3 Data Receive Error
If one of the following errors occurs during serial interface communication, the printer prints "?" or
ignores the data, depending on the setting memory switch Msw 1-4.
• Parity error
• Framing error
• Overrun error
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
65
64
Confidential
3.9 Paper Sensors
The printer has four paper sensors, as follows:
Slip:
• TOF (top of form) sensor
• BOF (bottom of form) sensor
Receipt:
• Paper roll near-end sensor
• Paper roll end sensor
3.9.1 Sensors and LED Indicators
1) TOF sensor
The slip TOF sensor is located in the slip paper path and detects the presence of a cut sheet at
the slip stopper in the paper path. The CUT SHEET LED comes on, goes off, and flashes
accordingly in each printer status. The TOF sensor also detects whether the cut sheet is
removed or not after finishing printing (related to the BOF sensor).
2) BOF sensor
The slip BOF sensor is located in the slip entrance and detects whether the cut sheet is inserted
correctly. If the printer waits for insertion of a cut sheet, the printer does not proceed to the next
operation until the paper has been removed. (The CUT SHEET LED indicator continues
flashing.)
The BOF sensor is enabled in the following three cases and changes its status when it detects a
BOF:
• When the TOF sensor detects paper presence
• Between the cut sheet insertion waiting state and the removal waiting state.
• When the printer is clamping (regardless of the paper source)
At all other times, the BOF sensor is not enabled and will not change its status and always
reports that paper is not present.
Example: If a cut sheet is inserted while the paper roll is selected, the BOF sensor is not
enabled and will not change its status when the paper is detected only by the BOF
sensor.
3) Paper roll near-end sensor
The near-end sensor is located on the roll paper supply device. It detects the near-end of the
paper roll by detecting the paper roll diameter. When it detects the near-end of the paper, the
PAPER OUT LED indicator lights.
4) Paper roll end sensor
The paper end sensor is located in the paper path. It detects the presence of paper from the
paper roll in the paper path of the printer mechanism. When there is no paper in the paper path
(paper end status), the PAPER OUT LED and ERROR LED indicator light.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
66
65
Confidential
3.9.2 Sensors and Printing
When the printer detects a paper near-end, it either stops or continues printing, depending on the ESC
c 4 setting. The corresponding sensors are as follows:
• Paper roll near-end sensor
Since the paper roll end sensor is used for paper-end detection, the printer stops printing when the
paper-end is detected. Use the paper roll near-end sensor for detecting a roll paper end, and also use
the paper roll end sensor, if necessary.
When a printing stop is enabled and the paper roll near-end sensor detects a paper near end, the
printer automatically stops after printing the line being printed. To restart printing, load the paper and
close the printer cover. The printer starts initializing and continues printing data stored in the print
buffer.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
67
66
Confidential
3.10 Printer Cover Sensors and Cover Opening/Closing Operation
3.10.1 Carriage Cover Open Sensor
The carriage cover open sensor monitors the carriage cover for slips. When the sensor detects a
cover open, the printer stops printing after finishing printing on the sheet in the current print, even
though the printer is printing on the paper roll, and the carriage moves to the home position, then stops,
and automatically goes offline. The printer is set back online by closing the carriage cover. Since
opening/closing the carriage cover causes misalignment of the print position, do not open/close the
carriage cover while printing.
3.10.2 Opening/Closing the Carriage Cover
To open the carriage cover, lift up the cover open hooks (located in both ends of the carriage cover).
When closing the carriage cover, make sure that the hooks fit the carriage cover by holding the cover
gently with your hands.
3.10.3 Paper Roll Cover Open Sensor
The cover-open sensor monitors the paper roll cover. When the sensor detects a cover open, the
printer stops printing immediately, even though the printer is printing on the paper roll or the slip, and
automatically goes offline. The ERROR LED (automatic error recovery) flashes when the cover is
open while the printer is printing. When the printer cover is closed, the ERROR LED goes off, and the
printer starts initializing automatically and begins printing at the beginning of the line it was printing
when the cover was opened.
When memory switch Msw 8-8 is On (possible error recovery is selected), it is an error if the paper roll
cover is opened while printing. (It is an error that has the possibility to recover.)
<For models with the MICR reader installed>
If the paper roll cover is open while the MICR reader is reading, the printer completes reading and goes
offline. Closing the paper roll cover recovers the printer from the offline state; however, a MICR
reading error or paper jam may occur. Never open the paper roll cover while the MICR reader is used.
If the paper roll cover is open while the MICR reader is used, remove the check by opening the carriage
cover and close the paper roll cover and the carriage cover; then retry the MICR reading.
NOTES: • To open the paper roll cover, be sure to press the paper roll cover open button.
• While the cover is open, the status isn’t changed and is kept as same as when the cover
was opened.
3.10.4 Opening/Closing the Paper Roll Cover
To open the paper roll cover, press the paper roll open button, which is located in the right side of the
printer upper case. To close the paper roll cover, be sure to press the upper side of the paper roll
cover gently with your hands. (When closing the paper roll cover, make sure that internal lever hooks
are used to fix the paper roll cover.)
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
68
67
Confidential
3.11 Ink Cartridge Sensor and Exchanging the Ink Cartridge
The installation of the ink cartridge is detected when the cartridge passes the carriage by a reflection
photo sensor along the cartridge.
NOTES: • While the carriage cover is open, the status of the ink cartridge remains in the same
status as before the carriage cover was opened.
• If DLE EOT (n =7) is performed while the carriage cover is open, the printer’s response
may differ from the current cartridge status.
• To detect the status of the ink with DLE EOT (n = 7) or GS j, be sure to close the
carriage cover.
• If the carriage cover is open, there is a possibility that the ink ASB (GS j) may not be the
same as the actual state of the ink cartridge.
3.11.1 Ink Cartridge Sensor
The ink cartridge sensor detects whether the ink cartridge is installed or not. If the ink cartridge is not
installed, both the INK OUT LED and ERROR LED light and the printer goes offline. (In a two-color
printer model, when both ink cartridges for the main color and the sub color are not installed, the printer
goes offline.)
3.11.2 Ink Near-End Sensor
The ink near-end sensor monitors the ink remaining in the ink cartridge and the INK OUT LED lights if
the ink near-end is detected. After detection of the ink near-end, the printer ink end sensor determines
when the specified ink amount is consumed by counting the number of ink shots in printing or cleaning.
If the ink ends, both the INK OUT LED and ERROR LED light and the printer goes offline.
The total number of printable characters after the ink near-end is detected and till the ink end is
detected depends on the printing conditions. Prepare to exchange the ink cartridge when the printer
signals the ink near-end.
3.11.3 Exchanging the Ink Cartridge
To exchange the ink cartridge, open the carriage cover, and take the ink cartridge out by the upper tab
with your fingers. Peel the upper seal of the new ink cartridge and push the upper side of the ink
cartridge to fix it correctly.
After installing the new ink cartridge, closing the carriage cover lets the carriage move, and the printer
detects the status of the ink cartridge. Then, the printer recovers from the offline state and becomes
ready to print. Refer to Appendix B for details.
NOTE: Since ink may still remain in the ink supply part (protrusion of the lower part of the ink
cartridge) after the ink cartridge has been installed, do not touch that part. Take this into
consideration when discarding the used ink cartridge.
3.12 Print Buffer-full Printing
When subsequent data is received after the printer processes one line of data in the print buffer, the
printer automatically prints the processed line and feeds the paper by one line.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
69
68
Confidential
3.13 Paper Jam Removal
3.13.1 Slip
Remove the jammed paper from the slip paper entrance if the paper is jammed. When the jammed
paper cannot be removed, open the carriage cover, then remove the jammed paper.
3.13.2 Paper Roll
Press the paper roll cover open button; then remove the jammed paper.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
70
69
Confidential
3.14 Reading MICR Characters and Printing Endorsements
(for models with a MICR reader and endorsement printer)
Use the following single-pass process to read MICR characters, print endorsements, and print on the
face of a check.
Step
User Operation
Printer Operation
1
Selects the check as the paper source.
Transmit GS ( G <Function 80>
[GS ( G 2 0 80 32 ]
2
Waits for a check to be loaded.
Transmit GS ( G <Function 83>
The CUT SHEET LED flashes
[GS ( G 2 0 83 48 ]
3
Insert a check. (*1)
Clamps the check when it is detected. The CUT
SHEET LED flashes.
4
Reads MICR characters and transmits the reading
Transmit GS ( G <Function 60>
status. m specifies the type of MICR characters.
[GS ( G 4 0 60 1 0 m ]
(m = 0: E13B / m = 1: CMC7)
5
Selects the back of the check as the paper source.
Transmit GS ( G <Function 48>
(The back of the check which has been read for
[GS ( G 2 0 48 68 ]
MICR becomes the side to be printed.)
6
Feeds the print starting position on the back of the
Transmit GS ( G <Function 84>
check.
[GS ( G 2 0 84 1 ]
7
8
9
10
11
12
Transmit endorsement printing
data.
Transmit GS ( G <Function 48>
[GS ( G 2 0 48 4 ]
Transmit GS ( G <Function 84>
[GS ( G 2 0 84 1 ]
Transmit check printing data
Transmit GS ( G <Function 85>
[GS ( G 2 0 85 m ]
Remove the check. (*2)
Prints data on the back of the check and feeds the
check.
Selects the face of the check to be printed. (The
face of the check which has been read becomes the
side to be printed.)
Feeds the print starting position on the face of the
check.
Prints on the face of the check and feeds the check.
Ejects to release the check, and selects the paper roll
as the paper source. m specifies the type of
operation (m = 48: eject / m = 49: release) The CUT
SHEET LED flashes.
The CUT SHEET LED is off.
NOTES: *1: Insert the check correctly by aligning the upper and right side of the check with the upper
and right side of the printer’s paper insertion position and inserting it until it is stopped by
the form stopper.
The check insertion waiting state is canceled using DLE ENQ (n = 3).
The check waiting time and the interval from when a check is inserted to when the
operation starts can be set using ESC f.
*2: After processing GS ( G <Function 85>, the printer flashes the CUT SHEET LED and
does not take the next action until the paper is removed.
Remarks:
To get the information of the MICR function correctly, it is recommended to refer to the
extended ASB status of FS ( e or the status of DLE EOT (n = 0, a = 1).
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
71
70
Confidential
3.15 Cleaning the MICR Mechanism
(for models with a MICR reader)
When the MICR mechanism, such as the MICR head, rollers, paper paths, becomes dirty, MICR
reading errors may occur. To clean the MICR mechanism, either one of the following methods must
be done.
• Execute the cleaning command (FS c)
• Press the button or open/close the cover.
After performing one of the above methods, the printer enters the cleaning sheet insertion wait state, in
the same way as for a check. Then, insert a cleaning sheet to clean the MICR head, roller, and the
paper path.
Cleaning interval:
Example cleaning paper:
Once per 12 months or every 72,000 passes
KIC products PRESAT brand check reader cleaning card
(recommended)
Cleaning paper size:
63 mm {2.48"} (W) × 152 mm {5.98"} (H)
<Cleaning procedure using the button and opening/closing the cover>
Open the paper roll cover and turn the power on while holding down the CLEANING button. Next,
press the CLEANING button seven times, and close the cover. Then, the printer goes into the
cleaning sheet insertion wait state.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
72
71
Confidential
4. CASE SPECIFICATIONS
4.1 External Dimensions and Mass
Height:
Width:
Depth:
Mass:
188 mm {7.40"}
195 mm {7.68"}
237 mm {9.33"}
Approximately 4.4 kg {9.7 lb} (including the ink cartridge and excluding a paper roll)
[All numeric values are typical.]
4.2 Color
EPSON standard color (E.C.W), (E.D.G)
237
4.3 External Appearance
195
188
[Units: mm]
Figure 4.3.1
EPSON
External Appearance
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
73
72
Confidential
4.4 Installing the Customer Display Fixing Plate
The user can attach the customer display fixing plate to the bottom of the printer.
The customer display fixing plate can be attached to one of the two sides – left or right. To fix the
plate, secure two resinoid screws attached to the DP-502 on the bottom of the customer display.
(Refer to Figure 4.4.1.)
NOTE: The customer display fixing plate for the DP-502 must be used.
Figure 4.4.1
EPSON
Installing the Customer Display Fixing Plate
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
74
73
Confidential
5. OPTIONS AND CONSUMABLES
5.1 Standard Accessories
• Paper roll (diameter 60 mm {2.36"}) × 1 roll
• Exclusive ink cartridge(s)
TM-J7000:
TM-J7100:
SJIC8 (K) × 1
SJIC6 (K) × 1
SJIC7 (any one of (R), (B), or (G)) × 1
• User’s manual × 1
• Power switch cover × 1
5.2 Options
1) Power supply:
EPSON PS-180
2) UB series interface boards (except UB-P02)
5.3 Consumables
1) Ink cartridges
EPSON
TM-J7000:
TM-J7100:
SJIC8 (K)
SJIC6 (K)
SJIC7 (R), (B), (G)
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
75
74
Confidential
6. COMMANDS
6.1 Command Notation
XXXX
[Name]
[Format]
The name of the command.
The code sequence.
The numbers denoted by < >H are hexadecimal.
[ ]k indicates the contents of the [ ] should be repeated k times.
[Range]
Gives the allowable ranges, if any, for the arguments.
[Default]
Gives the default values, if any, for the command parameters.
[Description] Describes the function of the command.
[Notes]
Provides important information on setting and using the printer command, if necessary.
6.2 Explanation of Terms
1) Descriptions are common to both TM-J7100 and TM-J7000 unless otherwise specified.
2) Real-time command
The real-time commands are identified with a DLE extension. The printer executes this command
upon receiving it. The real-time commands are stored in the print buffer after executing, and print
data transmitted after that is ignored.
3) Ignore a command
The state in which all codes, including parameters, are read in and discarded, and nothing
happens.
4) Printing area
Printing range is set by command.
5) Inch
A unit of length.
One inch is 25.4 mm.
6) dpi
dpi (dots per inch) is the number of dots per 25.4 mm.
7) Obsolete commands
We recommend replacing them with upward-compatible commands that have the same functions.
Obsolete commands are supported by a few legacy printer models, we recommend
upward-compatible commands.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
76
75
Confidential
6.3 Control Commands
HT
[Name]
[Format]
Horizontal tab
ASCII
HT
Hex
09
Decimal
9
[Description] • Moves the print position to the next horizontal tab position.
LF
[Name]
[Format]
Print and line feed
ASCII
LF
Hex
0A
Decimal
10
[Description] • In standard mode
• Prints the data in the print buffer and feeds one line, based on the current line
spacing.
• In page mode
• Feeds one line, based on the current line spacing.
FF
[Name]
➀ Print and eject cut sheet (in standard mode)
➁ Print and return to standard mode (in page mode)
[Format]
ASCII
FF
Hex
0C
Decimal
12
[Description] For ➀
• When slip paper is selected as the active sheet, the printer prints the data in print
buffer and ejects the slip paper.
• After the slip is ejected, the printer selects the paper roll as the active sheet.
For ➁
• In page mode, prints the data in the print buffer collectively and returns to standard
mode.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
77
76
Confidential
CR
[Name]
[Format]
Print and carriage return
ASCII
CR
Hex
0D
Decimal
13
[Description] • When automatic line feed is enabled
• Functions the same as LF
• When automatic line feed is disabled and when using serial interface model
• Prints the data in the print buffer in standard mode.
• Sets the print starting position to the beginning of the print line in page mode.
CAN
[Name]
[Format]
Cancel print data in page mode
ASCII
CAN
Hex
18
Decimal
24
[Description] • In page mode, deletes all the print data in the current printable area.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
78
77
Confidential
DLE EOT n [a]
[Name]
[Format]
Transmit real-time status
ASCII
DLE
EOT
Hex
10
04
Decimal
16
4
[Range]
1 ≤ n ≤ 5, n = 7
a = 1 (n = 0)
a = 1, 2 (n = 7)
n
n
n
[a]
[a]
[a]
[Description] • Transmits the status specified by n in real time as follows:
n
0
1
2
3
4
5
a
Function
1
Specifies cut sheet status.
-Specifies printer status.
-Specifies offline cause status.
-Specifies error cause status.
-Specifies continuous paper (paper roll) sensor status.
-Specifies slip status.
1
Transmits color 1 ink status.
7
2
Transmits color 2 ink status.
• When 1 ≤ n ≤ 5 is specified, a is not necessary.
• This printer transmits the following status in real time.
• n = 0, a = 1: Cut sheet status
Bit
Off/On Hex Decimal Function
0
Off
00
0
Fixed.
1
On
02
2
Fixed.
2, 3
Off
00
0
Reserved.
4
On
10
16
Fixed.
Off
00
0
Face of slip is selected.
5
On
20
32
Back of slip is selected.
6
Off
00
0
Reserved.
7
Off
00
0
Fixed.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
79
78
Confidential
•
n = 1: Printer status
Bit
Off/On Hex
0
Off
00
Function
Fixed.
1
On
02
2
Fixed.
2
Off
00
0
Drawer kick-out connector pin 3 is LOW.
On
04
4
Drawer kick-out connector pin 3 is HIGH.
Off
00
0
Online.
On
08
8
Offline.
4
On
10
16
Fixed.
5
Off
00
0
Reserved.
6
Off
00
0
Paper FEED button is turned Off.
On
40
64
Paper FEED button is turned On.
Off
00
0
Fixed.
3
7
•
Decimal
0
n = 2: Offline cause status
Bit
Off/On Hex
Decimal
0
Off
00
0
1
On
02
2
2
Off
00
0
On
04
4
3
Off
00
0
4
5
6
7
Bit 2:
EPSON
Function
Fixed.
Fixed.
Cover is closed.
Cover is open.
Paper is not being fed by using the paper FEED
button.
On
08
8
Paper is being fed by the paper FEED button.
On
10
16
Fixed.
Off
00
0
No paper roll end stop.
On
20
32
Printing on paper roll is being stopped.
Off
00
0
No error.
On
40
64
Error has occurred.
Off
00
0
Fixed.
While the paper roll cover or the carriage cover is open, the bit indicates
“cover is open.”
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
80
79
Confidential
n = 3: Error cause status
Bit
Off/On Hex
Decimal
Function
0
Off
00
0
Fixed.
1
On
02
2
Fixed.
2
Off
00
0
No mechanical error.
On
04
4
Mechanical error has occurred.
3
Off
00
0
No autocutter error.
On
08
8
Autocutter error occurred.
4
On
10
16
Fixed.
5
Off
00
0
No unrecoverable error.
On
20
32
Unrecoverable error has occurred.
6
Off
00
0
No automatically recoverable error.
On
40
64
Automatically recoverable error has occurred.
7
Off
00
0
Fixed.
Bit 2: If "paper roll cover open" is set as a recoverable error using the memory
switch, a mechanical error occurs if the cover is open while printing on the
paper roll.
Bit 6: If "paper roll cover open" is set as an automatically recoverable error using the
memory switch, an automatically recoverable error occurs if the cover is open
while printing on the paper roll. The head high/low temperature errors are
also regarded as automatically recoverable errors.
•
n = 4: Continuous paper sensor status
Bit
Off/On Hex
Decimal
Function
0
Off
00
0
Fixed
1
On
02
2
Fixed
2, 3
Off
00
0
Paper roll near-end sensor: paper adequate.
On
0C
12
Paper roll near-end sensor: paper near end.
4
On
10
16
Fixed
5, 6
Off
00
0
Paper roll end sensor: paper present.
On
60
96
Paper roll end sensor: paper not present.
7
Off
00
0
Fixed
Bits 5 and 6: While the cover is open, the status isn’t changed and is kept as same as
when the cover was opened.
•
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
81
80
Confidential
•
•
•
n = 5: Slip paper status
Bit
Off/On Hex
0
Off
00
1
On
02
Off
00
2
On
04
Off
00
3
On
08
4
On
10
Off
00
5
On
20
Off
00
6
On
40
7
Off
00
Decimal
0
2
0
4
0
8
16
0
32
0
64
0
n = 7, a = 1: Color 1 ink status
Bit Off/On Hex Decimal
0
Off
00
0
1
On
02
2
2
Off
00
0
On
04
4
3
Off
00
0
On
08
8
4
On
10
16
5
Off
00
0
On
20
32
6
Off
00
0
On
40
64
7
Off
00
0
Function
Fixed.
Fixed.
Slip paper selected.
Slip paper not selected.
Does not wait for slip paper insertion.
Waits for slip paper insertion.
Fixed.
TOF sensor: paper present.
TOF sensor: paper not present.
BOF sensor: paper present.
BOF sensor: paper not present.
Fixed.
Function
Fixed.
Fixed.
Ink near-end sensor: ink adequate (color 1).
Ink near-end sensor: ink near end (color 1).
Ink present (color 1).
Ink not present (color 1).
Fixed.
Ink cartridge sensor: cartridge present (color 1).
Ink cartridge sensor: cartridge not present (color 1).
Cleaning not performed.
Cleaning performed.
Fixed.
n = 7, a = 2: Color 2 ink status
Bit Off/On Hex Decimal
0
Off
00
0
1
On
02
2
2
Off
00
0
On
04
4
3
Off
00
0
On
08
8
4
On
10
16
5
Off
00
0
On
20
32
Function
Fixed.
Fixed.
Ink near-end sensor: ink adequate (color 2).
Ink near-end sensor: ink near end (color 2).
Ink present (color 2).
Ink not present (color 2).
Fixed.
Ink cartridge sensor: cartridge present (color 2).
Ink cartridge sensor: cartridge not present (color
2).
Reserved.
6
Off
00
0
Fixed.
7
Off
00
0
The status for the single-color printer (TM-J7000) should always be "ink present,"
"ink adequate," and "cartridge present."
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
82
81
Confidential
[Notes]
• If print data includes a character string with this command, the printer performs this
command. Users must consider this.
For example: Bit image data accidentally might include a data string with this
command.
• Do not embed this command within another command.
For example: Bit image data might include this command.
• This command is ignored when block data is transmitted.
• Transmit the real-time commands DLE EOT, DLE DC4 (fn=7) using the following
method:
<Transmission method for the real-time commands>
• When a real-time status command is transmitted, the following data must not be
transmitted until the status is received.
• However, if the real-time commands are required to transmit continuously, it is
possible to transmit up to nine real-time commands at once.
In this case, the following data must not be transmitted until the all status
information is received.
If the real-time command is transmitted without using the above method, the status
may not be received.
If the status is not received for 2 seconds (maximum period when operating the
autocutter) and this state occurs several times, probably the printer power is not turned
on or the interface cable is not connected.
• Refer to Section 3.9.1, Sensors and LED Indicators, part 2) BOF sensor, for the status
of the BOF sensor.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
83
82
Confidential
DLE ENQ n
[Name]
[Format]
Real-time request to printer
ASCII
DLE
ENQ n
Hex
10
05
n
Decimal
16
5
n
[Range]
1≤n≤3
[Description] • Responds to a request from the host computer.
• n specifies the requests as follows:
n
Request
1
Recovers from an error and restarts printing from the line where the error
occurred.
[Notes]
2
Recovers from an error after clearing the receive and print buffers.
3
Cancels the slip waiting status after clearing the receive and print buffers.
• Specify n = 1 or 2 after removing the cause of the error.
• If print data includes a character string with this command, the printer performs the
command. Users must consider this.
For example: Graphic data accidentally might include a data string with this
command.
• Do not embed this command within another command.
For example: Graphic data might include this command.
• This command is ignored when block data is transmitted.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
84
83
Confidential
DLE DC4 fn m t (fn = 1)
[Name]
[Format]
[Range]
Generate pulse in real-time
ASCII
DLE
DC4
Hex
10
14
Decimal
16
20
fn = 1
m = 0, 1
1≤t≤8
fn
fn
fn
m
m
m
t
t
t
[Description] • Outputs the pulse specified by t in real-time to the connector pin specified by m as
follows:
m
Connector pin
0
Drawer kick-out connector pin 2.
1
Drawer kick-out connector pin 5.
The pulse ON time or OFF time is set to [t × 100 ms].
[Notes]
• If print data includes a character string containing this command, the printer performs
the command. Users must consider this.
For example: Graphic data accidentally might include the same data string as this
command.
• Do not embed this command within another command.
• This command is ignored in the following states.
• During transmission of block data.
• During driving of drawer kick-out.
• When an unrecoverable error has occurred.
• If the printer receives this command while the printer mechanism is operating, such as
printing or cleaning, the printer processes this command after finishing the
mechanism’s operation.
• This command can be enabled or disabled by setting the GS ( D command.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
85
84
Confidential
DLE DC4 fn a b (fn = 2)
[Name]
[Format]
[Range]
Execute power-off sequence
ASCII
DLE
DC4 fn
Hex
10
14
fn
Decimal
16
20
fn
fn = 2
a=1
b=8
a
a
a
b
b
b
[Description] • Executes the printer power-off sequence.
• Stores the values of the maintenance counter.
• Sets the interface to BUSY.
• Sets the printer in standby mode.
• Transmits the following power-off status when the power-off sequence has been
completed.
[Notes]
• If this command is encountered, the printer will not continue to process anything. To
recover the printer to print again, it is necessary to turn the power on again or execute
a hardware reset.
• If print data includes a character string with this command, the printer performs the
command. Users must consider this.
For example: Graphic data accidentally might include a data string with this
command.
• Do not embed this command within another command.
For example: Graphic data might include this command.
• This command is ignored when block data is transmitted.
[Reference]
• This command can be enabled or disabled by setting the GS ( D command.
Appendix G
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
86
85
Confidential
DLE DC4 fn m (fn = 7)
[Name]
[Format]
[Range]
Transmit specified real-time status
ASCII
DLE
DC4 fn
m
Hex
10
14
fn
m
Decimal
16
20
fn
m
fn = 7
1≤m≤4
[Description] • Transmit specified status or response in real-time.
m
Function
Related command
1
Transmitting basic ASB
GS a
2
Transmitting extended ASB
FS ( e
3
Transmitting ink ASB
GS j
4
Transmitting offline response
GS ( H <Function 49>
• The status or response format is the same as the format of the related command in
the table above.
See the description of the related command corresponding to m.
[Notes]
• If print data includes a character string with this command, the printer performs the
command. Users must consider this.
For example: Graphic data accidentally might include a data string with this
command.
• Do not embed this command within another command.
For example: Graphic data might include this command.
• This command is ignored when block data is transmitted.
• Transmit the real-time commands DLE EOT, DLE DC4 (fn=7) using the following
method:
<Transmission method for the real-time commands>
• When the real-time status command is transmitted, the following data must not be
transmitted until the status is received.
• However, if the real-time commands are required to transmit continuously, it is
possible to transmit up to nine real-time commands at once.
In this case, the following data must not be transmitted until the all status
information is received.
If the real-time command is transmitted without using the above method, the status
may not be received.
• If the status is not received for 2 seconds (maximum period when operating the
autocutter) and this state occurs several times, probably the printer power is not turned
on or the interface cable is not connected.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
87
86
Confidential
DLE DC4 fn d1…d7 (fn = 8)
[Name]
[Format]
[Range]
Clear buffer(s)
ASCII
DLE
DC4 fn
d1…d7
Hex
10
14
fn
d1…d7
Decimal
16
20
fn
d1…d7
fn = 8
d1 = 1, d2 = 3, d3 = 20, d4 = 1, d5 = 6, d6 = 2, d7 = 8
[Description] • Clears all data stored in the receive buffer and the print buffer.
• Selects roll paper as the paper source, and selects standard mode.
• If a recoverable error occurs, the printer clears data in the receive buffer and the print
buffer first, then recovers from the error.
• Transmits clear response 25.
[Notes]
• This command must be inhibited for use in a system using this printer and the EPSON
OPOS or JavaPOS driver.
• If print data includes a character string with this command, the printer performs the
command. Users must consider this.
For example: Graphic data accidentally might include a data string with this
command.
• Do not embed this command within another command.
For example: Graphic data might include this command.
• This command is ignored when block data is transmitted.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
88
87
Confidential
ESC FF
[Name]
[Format]
Print data in page mode
ASCII
ESC
FF
Hex
1B
0C
Decimal
27
12
[Description] • In page mode, prints all buffered data in the printing area collectively.
ESC SP n
[Name]
[Format]
Set right-side character spacing
ASCII
ESC
SP
n
Hex
1B
20
n
Decimal
27
32
n
[Range]
[Default]
0 ≤ n ≤ 255
n=0
[Description] • Sets the character spacing for the right side of the character to [n × horizontal motion
unit].
• The maximum right-side character spacing is 35.983 mm {255/180"}.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
89
88
Confidential
ESC ! n
[Name]
[Format]
Select print mode(s)
ASCII
ESC
!
Hex
1B
21
Decimal
27
33
n
n
n
[Range]
0 ≤ n ≤ 255
[Default]
n=0
[Description] Selects the character font and styles (emphasized, double-height, double-width, and
underlined) together.
Bit
Off/On Hex
Decimal
Function
0
Off
00
0
Character font A (12 × 24) selected.
On
01
1
Character font B (9 × 17) selected.
1, 2
Off
00
0
Reserved.
3
Off
00
0
Emphasized mode not selected.
On
08
8
Emphasized mode selected.
4
Off
00
0
Double-height mode not selected.
On
10
16
Double-height mode selected.
5
Off
00
0
Double-width mode not selected.
On
20
32
Double-width mode selected.
6
Off
00
0
Reserved.
7
Off
00
0
Underline mode not selected.
On
80
128
Underline mode selected.
ESC $ nL nH
[Name]
[Format]
Set absolute print position
ASCII
ESC
$
Hex
1B
24
Decimal
27
36
[Range]
0 ≤ ( nL+nH × 256 ) ≤ 65535 ( 0 ≤ nL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ nH ≤ 255 )
nL
nL
nL
nH
nH
nH
[Description] • Sets the next print starting position, and the absolute print position, in reference to the
left margin. The distance from the beginning of the line to the left margin is [(nL + nH
× 256) × (vertical or horizontal motion units)].
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
90
89
Confidential
ESC % n
[Name]
[Format]
Select/cancel user-defined character set
ASCII
ESC
%
n
Hex
1B
25
n
Decimal
27
37
n
[Range]
[Default]
0 ≤ n ≤ 255
n=0
[Description] • Selects or cancels the user-defined character set.
• When the LSB of n is 0, the user-defined character set is canceled.
• When the LSB of n is 1, the user-defined character set is selected.
ESC & y c1 c2 [x1 d1...d(y×x1)]...[xk d1...d(y×xk)]
[Name]
Define user-defined characters
[Format]
ASCII
ESC &
y
c1
c2
[x1 d1...d(y×x1)]...[xk d1...d(y×xk)]
Hex
1B
26 y
c1
c2
[x1 d1...d(y×x1)]...[xk d1...d(y×xk)]
Decimal
27
38 y
c1
c2
[x1 d1...d(y×x1)]...[xk d1...d(y×xk)]
y=3
32 ≤ c1 ≤ c2 ≤ 126
0 ≤ x ≤ 12 (when font A (12 × 24) is selected)
0 ≤ x ≤ 9 (when font B (9 × 17) is selected)
0 ≤ d ≤ 255
k = c2 – c1 +1
[Range]
[Description] • Assigns the user-defined character pattern for the specified character codes.
• y specifies the number of bytes in the vertical direction.
• c1 specifies the beginning character code for the definition, and c2 specifies the final
code.
• x specifies the number of dots in the horizontal direction.
• d specifies the defined data.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
91
90
Confidential
ESC ∗ m nL nH d1...dk
[Name]
Select bit image mode
[Format]
nH
d1...dk
ASCII
ESC
∗
m
nL
Hex
1B
2A
m
nL
nH
d1...dk
Decimal
27
42
m
nL
nH
d1...dk
m = 0, 1, 32, 33
0 ≤ ( nL+nH × 256 ) ≤ 1023 ( 0 ≤ nL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ nH ≤ 3 )
0 ≤ d ≤ 255
k = nL + nH × 256 (when m = 0, 1)
k = (nL + nH × 256) (when m = 32, 33)
[Range]
[Description] • Specifies the bit image in m mode for the number of dots specified by nL and nH.
m
Number of Dots
in Vertical
Direction
Mode
Vertical Dot
Density
Horizontal Dot
Density
0
8-dot single-density
8
60 dpi
90 dpi
1
8-dot double-density
8
60 dpi
180 dpi
32
24-dot single-density
24
180 dpi
90 dpi
33
24-dot double-density
24
180 dpi
180 dpi
dpi: dots per 25.4 mm {1"}
ESC − n
[Name]
Turn underline mode on/off
[Format]
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
[Range]
[Default]
0 ≤ n ≤ 2, 48 ≤ n ≤ 50
n=0
−
2D
45
ESC
1B
27
n
n
n
[Description] • Turns underline mode on or off, based on the following values of n:
n
0, 48
1, 49
2, 50
EPSON
Function
Turns off underline mode
Turns on underline mode, set at 1-dot width
Turns on underline mode, set at 2-dot width
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
92
91
Confidential
ESC 2
[Name]
[Format]
Select default line spacing
ASCII
ESC
2
Hex
1B
32
Decimal
27
50
[Description] • Sets the current line spacing to approximately 4.23 mm {1/6"}.
ESC 3 n
[Name]
[Format]
Set line spacing
ASCII
ESC
Hex
1B
Decimal
27
[Range]
[Default]
0 ≤ n ≤ 255
Equivalent to approximately 4.23 mm {1/6"}.
3
33
51
n
n
n
[Description] • Sets the current line spacing to [n × vertical or horizontal motion units] inches.
• The maximum is 1016 mm {40"}.
ESC <
[Name]
[Format]
Return home
ASCII
ESC
Hex
1B
Decimal
27
<
3C
60
[Description] • Moves the print head to the standby position.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
93
92
Confidential
ESC = n
[Name]
[Format]
Select peripheral device
ASCII
ESC
=
Hex
1B
3D
Decimal
27
61
[Range]
1≤n≤3
[Default]
Serial interface model:
n
n
n
• When turning on the printer:
Memory switch [Msw 1-6] status
OFF
ON
n
1
2
• When executing ESC @:
Peripheral device status
Default value to be set
Memory switch [Msw 1-6] is set to OFF
After ESC @
Processing
Memory switch [Msw 1-6] is set to ON
n
1
1
2
2
3
1
1
2
2
Parallel interface model: n = 1
[Description] Selects device to which the host computer sends data, using n as follows:
n
Function
1
Specifies printer only.
2
Specifies customer display only.
3
Specifies printer and customer display.
• When the customer display only is selected, specified by n =2, all data except this
command and the real-time commands are ignored.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
94
93
Confidential
ESC ? n
[Name]
[Format]
Cancel user-defined characters
ASCII
ESC
?
n
Hex
1B
3F
n
Decimal
27
63
n
[Range]
32 ≤ n ≤ 126
[Description] • Cancels user-defined characters, specified with character codes on the selected page.
• n specifies the character code for which the pattern defined is to be canceled.
ESC @
[Name]
[Format]
Initialize printer
ASCII
ESC
Hex
1B
Decimal
27
@
40
64
[Description] • Clears the data in the print buffer and resets the printer modes to the modes that were
in effect when the power was turned on. Keeps the following data:
• ASB status bit assignment
• Contents stored in the NV user memory
• Contents defined for the NV graphics (NV bit image)
• Maintenance counter’s value
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
95
94
Confidential
ESC D n1...nk NUL
[Name]
[Format]
Set horizontal tab positions
ASCII
ESC
D
Hex
1B
44
Decimal
27
68
[Range]
1 ≤ n1 ≤ n2 ≤ ... ≤ nk ≤ 255
0 ≤ k ≤ 32
n = 8, 16, 24, 32, 40, ..... , 232, 240, 248 (for font A in a standard character size width)
[Default]
n1...nk
n1...nk
n1...nk
NUL
00
0
[Description] • Sets horizontal tab positions from the left margin to [n × (the current setting character
width)].
• n specifies the number of digits from the setting position to the left margin or the
beginning of the line.
• k specifies the number of bytes set for the horizontal tab position.
ESC E n
[Name]
[Format]
Turn emphasized mode on/off
ASCII
ESC
E
n
Hex
1B
45
n
Decimal
27
69
n
[Range]
[Default]
0 ≤ n ≤ 255
n=0
[Description] • Turns emphasized mode on or off.
• When the LSB of n is 0, emphasized mode is turned off.
• When the LSB of n is 1, emphasized mode is turned on.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
96
95
Confidential
ESC F n
[Name]
[Format]
Set/cancel cut sheet reverse eject
ASCII
ESC
F
n
Hex
1B
46
n
Decimal
27
70
n
[Range]
[Default]
0 ≤ n ≤ 255
n=0
[Description] • Sets or cancels the cut sheet reverse eject.
• When the LSB of n is 0, cancels the cut sheet reverse eject.
• When the LSB of n is 1, sets the cut sheet reverse eject.
• This command affects printing on the face or the back of the slip.
ESC G n
[Name]
[Format]
Turn double-strike mode on/off
ASCII
ESC
G
n
Hex
1B
47
n
Decimal
27
71
n
[Range]
[Default]
0 ≤ n ≤ 255
n=0
[Description] • Turns double-strike mode on or off.
• When the LSB of n is 0, double-strike mode is turned off.
• When the LSB of n is 1, double-strike mode is turned on.
ESC J n
[Name]
[Format]
Print and feed paper
ASCII
ESC
J
Hex
1B
4A
Decimal
27
74
[Range]
0 ≤ n ≤ 255
n
n
n
[Description] • Prints the data in the print buffer and feeds the paper [n × vertical motion unit] inches.
• The maximum paper feed amount is approximately 1016 mm {40"}.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
97
96
Confidential
ESC K n
[Name]
[Format]
Print and reverse feed
ASCII
ESC
K
Hex
1B
4B
Decimal
27
75
[Range]
0 ≤ n ≤ 255
n
n
n
[Description] • When slip is selected as the paper source, the printer prints the data in the print buffer
and feeds the paper [n × vertical motion unit] inches in the reverse direction.
• When roll paper is selected as the paper source, this command is ignored.
• The maximum paper feed amount is 1016 mm {40"}.
• This command controls printing on the face or the back of the slip.
ESC L
[Name]
[Format]
Select page mode
ASCII
ESC
Hex
1B
Decimal
27
L
4C
76
[Description] • Switches from standard mode to page mode.
• When the back of the slip is selected as the paper source, this command is ignored.
ESC M n
[Name]
[Format]
[Range]
[Default]
Select character font
ASCII
ESC
M
Hex
1B
4D
Decimal
27
77
n = 0, 1, 48, 49
n=0
n
n
n
[Description] • Selects character fonts.
n
0, 48
1, 49
EPSON
Function
Character font A selected.
Character font B selected.
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
98
97
Confidential
ESC R n
[Name]
[Format]
Select an international character set
ASCII
ESC
R
n
Hex
1B
52
n
Decimal
27
82
n
[Range]
[Default]
0 ≤ n ≤ 13
n=0
[Description] • Selects international character set n from the following table:
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
EPSON
Character set
U.S.A.
France
Germany
U.K.
Denmark I
Sweden
Italy
Spain I
Japan
Norway
Denmark II
Spain II
Latin America
Korea
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
SHEET
99
98
Confidential
ESC S
[Name]
[Format]
Select standard mode
ASCII
ESC
S
Hex
1B
53
Decimal
27
83
[Description] • Switches from page mode to standard mode.
ESC T n
[Name]
[Format]
Select print direction in page mode
ASCII
ESC
T
n
Hex
1B
54
n
Decimal
27
84
n
[Range]
[Default]
0 ≤ n ≤ 3, 48 ≤ n ≤ 51
n=0
[Description] • Selects the print direction and starting position in page mode.
n
0, 48
1, 49
2, 50
3, 51
Print Direction
Left to right
Bottom to top
Right to left
Top to bottom
Starting Position
Upper left
Lower left
Lower right
Upper right
ESC U n
[Name]
[Format]
Turn unidirectional printing mode on/off
ASCII
ESC
U
n
Hex
1B
55
n
Decimal
27
85
n
[Range]
[Default]
0 ≤ n ≤ 255
n=0
[Description] • Turns unidirectional printing mode on or off.
• When the LSB of n is 0, turns off unidirectional printing mode.
• When the LSB of n is 1, turns on unidirectional printing mode.
[Notes]
• Bar code printing or two-dimensional code printing is performed with one directional
print in the normal mode, regardless of the settings with this command.
• In page mode, if multiple types of print modes are mixed, such as bar codes,
two-dimensional codes, or others, the printer prints the bar code, or two-dimensional
code with one directional print in the normal print mode regardless of the setting of this
command.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
100
SHEET
99
Confidential
ESC W xL xH yL yH dxL dxH dyL dyH
[Name]
[Format]
Set printing area in page mode
ASCII
ESC
W
xL xH
Hex
1B
57
xL xH
Decimal 27
87
xL xH
[Range]
0 ≤ (xL +xH × 256 ) ≤ 65535 ( 0 ≤ xL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ xH ≤ 255 )
0 ≤ (yL +yH × 256 ) ≤ 65535 ( 0 ≤ yL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ yH ≤ 255 )
1 ≤ (dxL +dxH × 256 ) ≤ 65535 ( 0 ≤ dxL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ dxH ≤ 255 )
1 ≤ (dyL +dyH × 256 ) ≤ 65535 ( 0 ≤ dyL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ dyH ≤ 255 )
<For TM-J7100>
(xL + xH × 256) = 0
(xL = 0, yH = 0)
[Paper roll / slip]
(yL + yH × 256) = 0
(yL = 0, yH = 0)
(dxL + dxH × 256) = 360 (dxL = 104, dxH = 1) [Roll paper: paper width 57.5 mm]
(dyL + dyH × 256) = 584 (dyL = 72, dyH = 2)
(dxL + dxH × 256) = 432 (dxL = 176, dxH = 1) [Roll paper: paper width 69.5 mm]
(dyL + dyH × 256) = 488 (dyL = 232, dyH = 1)
(dxL + dxH × 256) = 480 (dxL = 224, dxH = 1) [Roll paper: paper width 76 mm]
(dyL + dyH × 256) = 440 (dyL = 184, dyH = 1)
(dxL + dxH × 256) = 512 (dxL = 0, dxH = 2)
[Roll paper: paper width 82.5 mm]
(dyL + dyH × 256) = 416 (dyL = 160, dyH = 1)
(dxL + dxH × 256) = 576 (dxL = 64, dxH = 2)
[Slip]
(dyL + dyH × 256) = 368 (dyL = 112, dyH = 1)
[Default]
[Default]
yL
yL
yL
yH
yH
yH
<For TM-J7000>
(xL = 0, yH = 0)
(xL + xH × 256) = 0
(yL + yH × 256) = 0
(yL = 0, yH = 0)
(dxL + dxH × 256) = 360 (dxL = 104, dxH = 1)
(dyL + dyH × 256) = 1176 (dyL = 152, dyH = 4)
(dxL + dxH × 256) = 432 (dxL = 176, dxH = 1)
(dyL + dyH × 256) = 984 (dyL = 216, dyH = 3)
(dxL + dxH × 256) = 480 (dxL = 224, dxH = 1)
(dyL + dyH × 256) = 880 (dyL = 112, dyH = 3)
(dxL + dxH × 256) = 512 (dxL = 0, dxH = 2)
(dyL + dyH × 256) = 832 (dyL = 64, dyH = 3)
(dxL + dxH × 256) = 576 (dxL = 64, dxH = 2)
(dyL + dyH × 256) = 736 (dyL = 224, dyH = 2)
dxL
dxL
dxL
dxH dyL dyH
dxH dyL dyH
dxH dyL dyH
[Paper roll / slip]
[Roll paper: paper width 57.5 mm]
[Roll paper: paper width 69.5 mm]
[Roll paper: paper width 76 mm]
[Roll paper: paper width 82.5 mm]
[Slip]
[Description] • This command sets the position and the size of the printing area in page mode.
specify the horizontal starting position with [(xL + xH × 256) × (horizontal motion
units)].
• x L, x H
specify the vertical starting position with [(yL + yH × 256) × (vertical motion
units)].
• y L, y H
•
dxL, dxH specify the horizontal printing area width with [(dxL + dxH × 256) × (horizontal
motion units)].
•
dyL, dyH specify the vertical printing area height with [(dyL + dyH × 256) × (vertical
motion units)].
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
101
SHEET
100
Confidential
ESC \ nL nH
[Name]
[Format]
Set relative print position
ASCII
ESC
\
Hex
1B
5C
Decimal
27
92
[Range]
-32768 ≤ (nL +nH × 256 ) ≤ 32767
nL
nL
nL
nH
nH
nH
[Description] • Sets the next print starting position to [(nL + nH × 256) × (vertical or horizontal motion
units)] from the current position.
• A positive number specifies movement to the right, and a negative number specifies
movement to the left.
ESC a n
[Name]
[Format]
Select justification
ASCII
ESC
Hex
1B
Decimal
27
[Range]
[Default]
0 ≤ n ≤ 2, 48 ≤ n ≤ 50
n=0
a
61
97
n
n
n
[Description] • In standard mode, aligns all the data in one line to the position specified by n as
follows:
n
0, 48
1, 49
2, 50
EPSON
Justification
Left justification
Centering
Right justification
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
102
SHEET
101
Confidential
ESC c 0 n
[Name]
[Format]
Select paper type(s) for printing
ASCII
ESC
c
0
Hex
1B
63
30
Decimal
27
99
48
[Range]
[Default]
1≤n≤4
n=3
n
n
n
[Description] • Selects the type of paper for printing, using n as follows:
Bit
Off/On Hex
Decimal
Function
0
Off
00
0
Paper roll disabled.
On
01
1
Paper roll enabled.
1
Off
00
0
Paper roll disabled.
On
02
2
Paper roll enabled.
2
Off
00
0
The face of slip paper disabled.
On
04
4
The face of slip paper enabled.
3~7
Off
00
0
Reserved.
ESC c 1 n
[Name]
[Format]
Select paper type(s) for command settings
ASCII
ESC
c
1
n
Hex
1B
63
31
n
Decimal
27
99
49
n
[Range]
[Default]
1 ≤ n ≤ 7, 64 ≤ n ≤ 71
n = 71
[Description] • Selects the paper type(s), using n as follows:
Bit
Off/On Hex
Decimal
Function
0
Off
00
0
Paper roll disabled.
On
01
1
Paper roll enabled.
1
Off
00
0
Paper roll disabled.
On
02
2
Paper roll enabled.
2
Off
00
0
The face of slip paper disabled.
On
04
4
The face of slip paper enabled.
3~5
Off
00
0
Reserved.
6
Off
00
0
The back of slip paper disabled.
On
40
64
The back of slip paper enabled.
7
Off
00
0
Reserved.
• This command affects the ESC 2, ESC 3, GS (K, GS L, and GS W commands.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
103
SHEET
102
Confidential
ESC c 3 n
[Name]
[Format]
Select paper sensor(s) to output paper-end signals
ASCII
ESC
c
3
n
Hex
1B
63
33
n
Decimal
27
99
51
n
[Range]
[Default]
0 ≤ n ≤ 255
n=0
[Description] • Selects the paper sensor(s) to output paper end signals when the specified sensor(s)
detect(s) the paper end.
• Each bit of n specifies the paper sensor(s) as follows:
Bit
Off/On
Hex Decimal Function
Off
00
0
Paper roll near-end sensor disabled.
0
On
01
1
Paper roll near-end sensor enabled.
Off
00
0
Paper roll near-end sensor disabled.
1
On
02
2
Paper roll near-end sensor enabled.
Off
00
0
Paper roll end sensor disabled.
2
On
04
4
Paper roll end sensor enabled.
Off
00
0
Paper roll end sensor disabled.
3
On
08
8
Paper roll end sensor enabled.
Off
00
0
TOF sensor disabled.
4
On
10
16
TOF sensor enabled.
Off
00
0
BOF sensor disabled.
5
On
20
32
BOF sensor enabled.
6, 7 Off
00
0
Reserved.
[Notes]
• This command is ignored with a serial interface model.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
104
SHEET
103
Confidential
ESC c 4 n
[Name]
[Format]
Select paper sensor(s) to stop printing
ASCII
ESC
c
4
n
Hex
1B
63
34
n
Decimal
27
99
52
n
[Range]
[Default]
0 ≤ n ≤ 255
n=0
[Description] • Selects the paper sensor(s) to use to stop printing when a paper end is detected.
Bit
0
1
2∼7
Off/On
Off
On
Off
On
Off
Hex
00
01
00
02
00
Decimal
0
1
0
2
0
Function
Paper roll near-end sensor disabled.
Paper roll near-end sensor enabled.
Paper roll near-end sensor disabled.
Paper roll near-end sensor enabled.
Reserved.
ESC c 5 n
[Name]
[Format]
Enable/disable panel buttons
ASCII
ESC
c
5
Hex
1B
63
35
Decimal
27
99
53
[Range]
[Default]
0 ≤ n ≤ 255
n=0
n
n
n
[Description] • Enables or disables the panel buttons.
• When the LSB of n is 0, the panel buttons are enabled.
• When the LSB of n is 1, the panel buttons are disabled.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
105
SHEET
104
Confidential
ESC d n
[Name]
[Format]
Print and feed n lines
ASCII
ESC
d
Hex
1B
64
Decimal
27
100
[Range]
0 ≤ n ≤ 255
n
n
n
[Description] • Prints the data in the print buffer and feeds [n × current line spacing].
• The maximum paper feed amount is 1016 mm {40"}.
ESC e n
[Name]
[Format]
Print and reverse feed n lines
ASCII
ESC
e
n
Hex
1B
65
n
Decimal
27
101
n
[Range]
0 ≤ n ≤ 255
[Description] • When the back of the slip is selected as the paper source, the printer prints the data in
the print buffer and feeds the paper [n × current line spacing] inches in the reverse
direction.
• When roll paper is selected as the paper source, this command is ignored.
• The maximum paper feed amount is 1016 mm {40"}.
• This command controls printing on the face or the back of the slip.
ESC f t1 t2
[Name]
[Format]
Set cut sheet wait time
ASCII
ESC
f
Hex
1B
66
Decimal
27
102
[Range]
0 ≤ t1 ≤ 15
0 ≤ t2 ≤ 64
t1 = 0, t2 = 10
[Default]
t1
t1
t1
t2
t2
t2
[Description] • Sets the time that the printer waits for slip paper to be inserted and the time from
insertion of the slip to the start of printing.
•
t1 specifies the wait time for slip paper to be inserted as [t1 × 1] minutes. When t1 is
set to 0, the printer cancels the setting of the wait time. In this case, the waiting time
to insert a sheet is set to “infinite.”
•
t2 specifies the time from insertion of the slip to the start of printing as [t2 × 0.1]
seconds.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
106
SHEET
105
Confidential
ESC p m t1 t2
[Name]
[Format]
[Range]
Generate pulse
ASCII
ESC
Hex
1B
Decimal
27
m = 0, 1, 48, 49
0 ≤ t1 ≤ 255
0 ≤ t2 ≤ 255
p
70
112
m
m
m
t1
t1
t1
t2
t2
t2
[Description] • Outputs the pulse specified by t1 and t2 to connector pin m, as follows:
m
0, 48
1, 49
[Notes]
Function
Drawer kick-out connector pin 2.
Drawer kick-out connector pin 5.
•
t1 specifies the pulse ON time as [t1 × 2 ms].
•
t2 specifies the pulse OFF time as [t2 × 2 ms].
• Specify a value so that the OFF time is longer than the ON time (t1 < t2).
ESC q
[Name]
[Format]
Release
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
ESC
1B
27
q
71
113
[Description] • Releases the slip paper.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
107
SHEET
106
Confidential
ESC t n
[Name]
[Format]
Select the character code table
ASCII
ESC
t
n
Hex
1B
74
n
Decimal
27
116
n
[Range]
[Default]
0 ≤ n ≤ 5, 16 ≤ n ≤ 19, n = 255
n=0
[Description] • Selects a page n from the character code table.
Selected character code
n
0
PC437 (USA: Standard Europe)
1
Katakana
2
PC850 (Multilingual)
3
PC860 (Portuguese)
4
PC863 (Canadian-French)
5
PC865 (Nordic)
16
WPC1252
17
PC866 (Cyrillic #2)
18
PC852 (Latin 2)
19
PC858 (Euro)
255
User-defined page
ESC { n
[Name]
[Format]
Turn upside-down printing mode on/off
ASCII
ESC
{
n
Hex
1B
7B
n
Decimal
27
123
n
[Range]
[Default]
0 ≤ n ≤ 255
n=0
[Description] • Turns upside-down printing mode on or off.
• When the LSB of n is 0, upside-down printing mode is turned off.
• When the LSB of n is 1, upside-down printing mode is turned on.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
108
SHEET
107
Confidential
FS ( e pL pH m n
[Name]
[Format]
Enable/disable Automatic Status Back (ASB) for optional functions
pH
m
n
ASCII
FS
(
e
pL
Hex
1C
28
65
pL
pH
m
n
Decimal
28
40
101 pL
pH
m
n
[Range]
(pL + pH × 256) = 2 (pL = 2, pH = 0)
m = 51
0 ≤ n ≤ 255
n=0
[Default]
[Description] • Enables or disables Automatic Status Back for optional functions (extended ASB).
• n specifies enabling or disabling of the status bit of the extended ASB as follows:
Bit
Off/On
Hex Decimal Function
0
Off
00
0
Disables the status bit for MICR.
On
01
1
Enables the status bit for MICR.
1
Off
00
0
Disables the status bit for printing on the face of
a slip.
On
02
2
Enables the status bit for printing on the face of
a slip.
2~7
Off
00
0
Reserved.
• The extended ASB status that is transmitted consists of the following four bytes.
Extended ASB status
Hex
Decimal
Amount of data
Header
39H
57
1 byte
Status A
See Table below
1 byte
Status B
40H
64
1 byte
NUL
00H
0
1 byte
<Status A>
Bit
Off/On
0
Off
On
1-4
Off
5
Off
On
6
On
7
Off
EPSON
Hex
00
01
00
00
20
40
00
Decimal
0
1
0
0
32
64
0
Function
MICR function is selected.
MICR function is not selected.
Reserved.
Face of slip is selected.
Back of slip is selected.
Fixed.
Fixed.
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
109
SHEET
108
Confidential
GS ! n
[Name]
[Format]
Select character size
ASCII
GS
!
Hex
1D
21
Decimal
29
33
[Range]
0 ≤ n ≤ 255
(where 1 ≤ Enlargement in vertical direction ≤ 8,
1 ≤ Enlargement in horizontal direction ≤ 8)
n=0
[Default]
n
n
n
[Description] • Selects character size (enlargement in vertical and horizontal directions) .
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Function
Setting
Specifies the times enlarged in the
vertical direction
Refer to Table 2 [Enlarged in vertical
direction]
Specifies the times enlarged in the
horizontal direction
Refer to Table 1 [Enlarged in
horizontal direction]
Table 1 [Enlarged in horizontal direction]
Hex
Decimal Enlargement
1 time (standard)
00
0
2 times
10
16
3 times
20
32
4 times
30
48
5 times
40
64
6 times
50
80
7 times
60
96
8 times
70
112
Table 2 [Enlarged in vertical direction]
Hex Decimal Enlargement
1 time (standard)
00
0
2 times
01
1
3 times
02
2
4 times
03
3
5 times
04
4
6 times
05
5
7 times
06
6
8 times
07
7
GS $ nL nH
[Name]
[Format]
Set absolute vertical print position in page mode
nH
ASCII
GS
$
nL
Hex
1D
24
nL
nH
Decimal
29
36
nL
nH
[Range]
0 ≤ (nL +nH × 256 ) ≤ 65535
(0 ≤ nL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ nH ≤ 255)
[Description] • Sets the absolute vertical print starting position for buffered character data in page
mode.
• This command sets the absolute print position to [(nL + nH × 256) × (vertical or
horizontal motion units)].
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
110
SHEET
109
Confidential
GS ( A pL pH n m
[Name]
[Format]
Execute test print
ASCII
GS
Hex
1D
Decimal
29
[Range]
(pL + pH × 256) = 2 (pL = 2, pH = 0)
0 ≤ n ≤ 5, 48 ≤ n ≤ 53
1 ≤ m ≤ 3, 49 ≤ m ≤ 51 (when 0 ≤ n ≤ 2, 48 ≤ n ≤ 50)
m = 2, 3, 50, 51
(when n = 3, 4, 51, 52)
m = 3, 51
(when n = 5, 53)
(
28
40
A
41
65
pL
pL
pL
pH
pH
pH
n
n
n
m
m
m
[Description] • Executes a test print with a specified test pattern on a specified paper source (roll or
slip).
• n specifies the paper source as listed below to be tested:
n
0, 48
1, 49
2, 50
3, 51
4, 52
5, 53
•
Paper source
Basic sheet (paper roll)
Paper roll
Face of the slip paper
Back of the slip paper
m specifies a test pattern as listed below:
m
1, 49
2, 50
3, 51
Test pattern
Hexadecimal dump
Printer status print
Rolling pattern print
• The printer executes a hardware reset after the procedure to place the image into the
non-volatile memory. The printer clears the receive and print buffers, and resets all
settings (user-defined characters, and the character style) to the mode that was in
effect at power on.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
111
SHEET
110
Confidential
GS ( B pL pH m [a1 b1]...[ak bk]
[Name]
[Format]
Customize ASB status bits
ASCII
GS
(
Hex
1D
28
Decimal
29
40
[Range]
(pL + pH × 256) = 2, 3, 5
m = 97
a = 0, 49, 51
b = 44 (when a = 49)
b = 45 (when a = 51)
B
42
66
pL
pL
pL
(pL = 2, 3, 5,
pH
pH
pH
m
m
m
[a1 b1]...[ak bk]
[a1 b1]...[ak bk]
[a1 b1]...[ak bk]
pH =0)
[Description] • Changes the bit assignments of the basic ASB status bit specified with the GS a
command (bit customization).
• The combinations of a and b that can be set are as follows:
Function
a
b
Bit of ASB status
ASB status to be assigned
0
-Cancels the setting of bit assignment --49
44
Bit 1 of the third byte
Cut sheet insertion waiting status
51
45
Bit 3 of the third byte
Cut sheet removal waiting status
• pL, pH specify (pL + pH × 256) for the number of bytes after pH (m and [a1 b1]...[ak
bk]).
• a specifies the bit of the ASB to be customized.
• b specifies the ASB status.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
112
SHEET
111
Confidential
GS ( C pL pH m fn b [c1 c2] [d1...dk]
[Name]
[Range]
Edit NV user memory
Refer to the function-specific specifications.
[Description] • Deletes, stores, and moves data in the NV user memory specified by the function code
(fn).
fn
0, 48
Format
GS ( C pL pH m fn b c1 c2
1, 49
GS ( C pL pH m fn b c1 c2 d1...dk
2, 50
GS ( C pL pH m fn b c1 c2
3, 51
GS ( C pL pH m fn b
4, 52
GS ( C pL pH m fn b
5, 53
GS ( C pL pH m fn b
6, 54
GS ( C pL pH m fn b d1 d2 d3
Function
0
Deletes the specified record.
Stores data in the specified
1
record.
Sends the data in the specified
2
record.
Sends the number of bytes of
3
memory used.
Sends the number of bytes of
4
remaining memory (unused
area).
Transmits the key code list
5
identifying the stored data.
Deletes all data in the NV user
6
memory.
pL, pH specify (pL + pH × 256) for the number of bytes after pH (m, fn, b, [c1 c2], and
[d1...dk] ).
• c1, c2 specify the key code (which identifies the record).
• d1...dk specify the stored data (contents of the record) or the fixed value to enact a
function.
•
[Notes]
• Frequent write command executions by an NV memory write command (GS ( C, GS
( E, GS ( L/GS 8 L, GS ( M, or GS g 0) may damage the NV memory. Therefore, it is
recommended to write to the NV memory no more than 10 times a day.
• While processing this command, the printer is BUSY while writing data to the NV user
memory and stops receiving data. Therefore it is prohibited to transmit data including
the real-time commands during the execution of this command.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
113
SHEET
112
Confidential
<Function 0> GS ( C pL pH m fn b c1 c2 (fn = 0, 48)
[Format]
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
GS
1D
29
[Range]
(pL + pH × 256) = 5
m=0
fn = 0, 48
b=0
32 ≤ c1 ≤ 126
32 ≤ c2 ≤ 126
(
28
40
C
43
67
pL
pL
pL
pH
pH
pH
m
m
m
fn
fn
fn
b
b
b
c1
c1
c1
c2
c2
c2
(pL = 5, pH = 0)
[Description] • Deletes the record specified by c1, c2 in the NV user memory.
<Function 1> GS ( C pL pH m fn b c1 c2 d1...dk
[Format]
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
GS
1D
29
(
28
40
[Range]
6 ≤ (pL + pH × 256) ≤ 65535
m=0
fn = 1, 49
b=0
32 ≤ c1 ≤ 126
32 ≤ c2 ≤ 126
32 ≤ d ≤ 254
k = (pL + pH × 256) - 5
C
43
67
pL
pL
pL
pH
pH
pH
(fn = 1, 49)
m
m
m
fn
fn
fn
b
b
b
c1
c1
c1
c2
c2
c2
d1...dk
d1...dk
d1...dk
(0 ≤ pL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ pH ≤ 255)
[Description] • Stores the data (d1...dk) as the record specified by c1, c2 in the NV user memory.
• If a record already is specified by c1 and c2, the current record is replaced with new
data.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
114
SHEET
113
Confidential
<Function 2> GS ( C pL pH m fn b c1 c2 (fn = 2, 50)
[Format]
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
GS
1D
29
[Range]
(pL + pH × 256) = 5
m=0
fn = 2, 50
b=0
32 ≤ c1 ≤ 126
32 ≤ c2 ≤ 126
(
28
40
C
43
67
pL
pL
pL
pH
pH
pH
m
m
m
fn
fn
fn
b
b
b
c1
c1
c1
c2
c2
c2
(pL = 5, pH = 0)
[Description] • Transmits data for the record specified by c1, c2 in the NV user memory.
<Function 3> GS ( C pL pH m fn b
[Format]
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
GS
1D
29
[Range]
(pL + pH × 256) = 3
m=0
fn = 3, 51
b=0
(
28
40
(fn = 3, 51)
C
43
67
pL
pL
pL
pH
pH
pH
m
m
m
fn
fn
fn
b
b
b
(pL = 3, pH = 0)
[Description] • Transmits the number of bytes of memory used in the NV user memory.
<Function 4> GS ( C pL pH m fn b
[Format]
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
GS
1D
29
[Range]
(pL + pH × 256) = 3
m=0
fn = 4, 52
b=0
(
28
40
(fn = 4, 52)
C
43
67
pL
pL
pL
pH
pH
pH
m
m
m
fn
fn
fn
b
b
b
(pL = 3, pH = 0)
[Description] • Transmits the number of bytes of remaining memory (unused area) in the NV user
memory.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
115
SHEET
114
Confidential
<Function 5> GS ( C pL pH m fn b (fn = 5, 53)
[Format]
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
GS
1D
29
[Range]
(pL + pH × 256) = 3
m=0
fn = 5, 53
b=0
(
28
40
C
43
67
pL
pL
pL
pH
pH
pH
m
m
m
fn
fn
fn
b
b
b
(pL = 3 , pH = 0)
[Description] • Transmits the key code list identifying the records in the stored data.
<Function 6> GS ( C pL pH m fn b d1 d2 d3 (fn = 6, 54)
[Range]
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
GS
1D
29
[Range]
(pL + pH × 256) = 6
m=0
fn = 6, 54
b=0
d1 = 67
d2 = 76
d3 = 82
(
28
40
C
43
67
pL
pL
pL
pH
pH
pH
m
m
m
fn
fn
fn
b
b
b
d1
d1
d1
d2
d2
d2
d3
d3
d3
(pL = 6, pH = 0)
[Description] • Deletes all data in the NV user memory.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
116
SHEET
115
Confidential
GS ( D pL pH m [a1 b1]...[ak bk]
[Name]
[Format]
Enable/disable real-time commands
ASCII
GS
(
D
pL
Hex
1D
28
44
pL
Decimal
29
40
68
pL
[Range]
3 ≤ (pL + pH × 256) ≤ 65535
m = 20
a = 1,2
b = 0,1,48,49
pH
pH
pH
m
m
m
[a1 b1]...[ak bk]
[a1 b1]...[ak bk]
[a1 b1]...[ak bk]
(0 ≤ pL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ pH ≤ 255)
[Default]
a
1
2
Type(s) of real-time commands
DLE DC4 fn m t (fn = 1): Generate pulse in real-time
DLE DC4 fn a b (fn = 2): Execute power-off sequence
Default
Enabled (b = 1)
Disabled (b = 0)
[Description] • Enables or disables the following real-time commands.
a
b
Function
0, 48
DLE DC4 fn m t (fn = 1): Not processed (disabled)
1
1, 49
DLE DC4 fn m t (fn = 1): Processed (enabled)
0, 48
DLE DC4 fn a b (fn = 2): Not processed (disabled)
2
1, 49
DLE DC4 fn a b (fn = 2): Processed (enabled)
• pL, pH specify (pL+ pH × 256) as the number of bytes after pH (m and [a1 b1]...[ak
bk]).
• a specifies the type of real-time command.
• b specifies enable or disable.
[Note]
• If bit image data accidentally includes a character string with this command, it is
recommended to use this command in advance to disable the real-time commands.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
117
SHEET
116
Confidential
GS ( E pL pH fn [parameters]
[Name]
Customize NV memory area
[Description] • Customizes the NV user memory area. The table below explains the functions
available in this command. The value of fn specifies the function.
fn
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Format
Function
No.
Function
1
Changes into the user setting mode.
Ends the user setting mode session.
2
GS ( E pL pH fn d1 d2 d3
(Performs a soft reset.)
GS ( E pL pH fn [a1 b18...b11]..
Sets value(s) for the memory
3
switch.
..[ak bk8....bk1]
Transmits the settings of the
4
GS ( E pL pH fn a
memory switch to the host.
Changes the customized setting
5
GS ( E pL pH fn [a1 n1L n1H]...[ak nkL nkH]
values.
Transmits the customized setting
6
GS ( E pL pH fn a
values.
7
Copies the user defined page.
GS ( E pL pH fn a d1 d2
Defines the data (column format) for
8
the character code page in the work
GS ( E pL pH fn y c1 c2 [x d1...d(y × x)]k
area.
Defines the data (raster format) for
9
the character code page in the work
GS ( E pL pH fn x c1 c2 [y d1...d(y × x)]k
area.
Deletes the data for the character
10
GS ( E pL pH fn c1 c2
code page in the work area.
Sets the communication conditions
11
GS ( E pL pH fn a d1...dk
for the serial interface.
Transmits the communication
12
GS ( E pL pH fn a
conditions for the serial interface.
• pL, pH specify (pL + pH ×256) as the number of bytes after pH (fn and [parameters]).
GS ( E pL pH fn d1 d2
• If the printer is not in the user setting mode, only <Function 1>, <Function 4>,
<Function 6>, or <Function 12> is enabled.
• While the printer is in the user setting mode, <Function 2> though <Function 12> are
enabled.
[Notes]
• Frequent write commands to NV memory, (GS ( C, GS ( E, GS ( L/GS 8 L, GS ( M, or
GS g 0), may damage the NV memory. Therefore, it is recommended to write to NV
memory 10 times or less a day.
• In processing this command, the printer is BUSY while writing data to the NV user
memory and stops receiving data. Therefore it is prohibited to transmit data,
including the real-time commands, during the execution of this command.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
118
SHEET
117
Confidential
<Function 1> GS ( E pL pH fn d1 d2 (fn = 1)
[Format]
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
GS
1D
29
[Range]
(pL + pH × 256) = 3
fn = 1
d1 = 73
d2 = 78
(
28
40
E
45
69
pL
pL
pL
pH
pH
pH
fn
fn
fn
d1
d1
d1
d2
d2
d2
(pL = 3 , pH = 0)
[Description] • Enters the user setting mode and transmits data that notice the mode has changed.
<Function 2> GS ( E pL pH fn d1 d2 d3 (fn = 2)
[Format]
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
GS
1D
29
[Range]
(pL + pH × 256) = 4
fn = 2
d1 = 79
d2 = 85
d3 = 84
(
28
40
E
45
69
pL
pL
pL
pH
pH
pH
fn
fn
fn
d1
d1
d1
d2
d2
d2
d3
d3
d3
(pL = 4 , pH = 0)
[Description] • Ends the user setting mode and performs a software reset. Therefore, the printer
clears the receive and print buffers, and resets all settings (user-defined characters,
the print mode, and others) to the mode that was in effect at power on.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
119
SHEET
118
Confidential
<Function 3> GS ( E pL pH fn [a1 b18...b11]...[ak bk8...bk1]
[Format]
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
GS
1D
29
(
28
40
E
45
69
pL
pL
pL
pH
pH
pH
fn
fn
fn
[a1
[a1
[a1
(fn = 3)
b18 ... b11] ... [ak
b18 ... b11] ... [ak
b18 ... b11] ... [ak
bk8 ... bk1]
bk8 ... bk1]
bk8 ... bk1]
10 ≤ (pL + pH × 256) ≤ 65530 (0 ≤ pL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ pH ≤ 255)
fn = 3
a = 1, 2, 8
b = 48, 49, 50
[Default (upon shipment)]
Msw 2-2 are set to On (49) and all other switches are set to Off (48).
[Description] Changes the memory switch specified by a to the values specified with b.
[Range]
• When b = 48, the applicable bit is turned Off.
• When b = 49, the applicable bit is turned On.
• When b = 50, the applicable bit is not changed.
• When a =1, the memory switch 1 is set as follows.
Msw
Function
Does not transmit the power ON information.
1-1
Transmits the power ON information.
1-2
Reserved.
Conditions for BUSY: the receive buffer is full or offline.
1-3
Conditions for BUSY: the receive buffer is full.
Data processing for receiving error: prints “?”
1-4
Data processing for receiving error: ignores the data.
Automatic line feed is disabled.
1-5
Automatic line feed is enabled.
Connection of DM-D: not connected.
1-6
Connection of DM-D: connected.
Pin #6: Not used for reset signal.
1-7
Pin #6: Used for reset signal.
Pin #25: Not used for reset signal.
1-8
Pin #25: Used for reset signal.
• Set b = 50 as the reserved bit.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
Setting value
48
49
50
48
49
48
49
48
49
48
49
48
49
48
49
NO.
NEXT
120
SHEET
119
Confidential
• When a =2, memory switch 2 is set as follows.
Msw
2-1
2-2
Function
Reserved.
Autocutter is not installed.
Autocutter is installed.
Setting value
50
48
49
2-3
~
Reserved.
2-8
• Set b = 50 as the reserved bit(s).
50
• When a =8, memory switch 8 is set as follows:
Msw
8-1
~
8-5
Function
Setting value
Reserved.
50
Number of columns (characters) per line printed on a
slip: standard.
8-6
Number of columns (characters) per line printed on a
slip: increased.
Number of columns (characters) per line printed on roll
paper: standard.
8-7
Number of columns (characters) per line printed on roll
paper: increased.
During printing, a paper roll cover open is treated as
an error that automatically recover.
8-8
During printing, a roll paper cover open is treated as
an error that has the possibility of recovery.
• Set b = 50 for the reserved bit(s).
48
49
48
49
48
49
[Msw 8-6: Print columns on a slip]
Setting of Msw 8-6
Standard
Increased
Font
Font structure (dots)
Maximum printing columns
(characters)
Font A / font B
12 × 24 / 9 × 17
Face:
48/64
Back:
46/61
Font A/ font B
11 × 24 / 8 × 17
Face:
52/72
Back:
50/69
[Msw 8-7: Print columns on a paper roll]
Setting of Msw 8-7
Standard
Increased
Font
Font structure (dots)
Font A / font B
12 × 24 / 9 × 17
57.5 mm: 30/40
69.5 mm: 36/48
76 mm: 40/53
82.5 mm: 42/56
Font A/ font B
11 × 24 / 8 × 17
57.5 mm: 32/45
69.5 mm: 39/54
76 mm: 43/60
82.5 mm: 46/64
Maximum printing columns
(paper width: characters)
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
121
SHEET
120
Confidential
<Function 4> GS ( E pL pH fn a (fn = 4)
[Format]
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
GS
1D
29
(
28
40
[Range]
(pL + pH × 256) = 2
fn = 4
a =1, 2, 8
E
45
69
pL
pL
pL
pH
pH
pH
fn
fn
fn
a
a
a
(pL = 2 , pH = 0)
[Description] • Transmits the setting value(s) of the memory switch specified by a.
<Function 5> GS ( E pL pH fn [a1 n1L n1H]...[ak nkL nkH] (fn = 5)
[Format]
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
GS
1D
29
(
28
40
E
45
69
pL
pL
pL
pH
pH
pH
fn
fn
fn
[a1
[a1
[a1
n1L n1H] ... [ak
n1L n1H] ... [ak
n1L n1H] ... [ak
[Range]
4 ≤ (pL + pH × 256) ≤ 65533 (0 ≤ pL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ pH ≤ 255)
fn = 5
a=3
(nL + nH × 256) = 2, 4, 5, 6 (nL = 2, 4, 5, 6, nH = 0)
[Default]
(nL + nH × 256) = 5
nkL nkH]
nkL nkH]
nkL nkH]
(nL = 5, nH = 0)
[Description] • Changes the customized value specified by a according to the value (nL + nH × 256).
a
3
Customized value
Selection of paper width
• When a = 3, the paper width is selected as follows:
Value of (nL + nH × 256)
2
3
4
5
6
[Reference]
Paper Width
57.5 mm {2.26"}
out of range
69.5 mm {2.74"}
76 mm {2.99"}
82.5 mm {3.25"}
Appendix I
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
122
SHEET
121
Confidential
<Function 6> GS ( E pL pH fn a (fn = 6)
[Format]
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
GS
1D
29
[Range]
(pL + pH × 256) = 2
fn = 6
a=3
(
28
40
E
45
69
pL
pL
pL
pH
pH
pH
fn
fn
fn
a
a
a
(pL = 2, pH = 0)
[Description] • Transmits the customized value corresponding to the number specified by a.
a
3
Customized value
Paper width setting
<Function 7> GS ( E pL pH fn a d1 d2 (fn = 7)
[Format]
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
GS
1D
29
(
28
40
E
45
69
pL
pL
pL
[Range]
(pL + pH × 256) = 4 (pL = 4, pH = 0)
fn = 7
a = 10,12
d1 = 30, 31
d2 = 30, 31 (where d1 ≠ d2)
pH
pH
pH
fn
fn
fn
a
a
a
d1
d1
d1
d2
d2
d2
[Description] • Copies the data in the user-defined code page.
<Specifications of data to be copied>
d1
d2
31
30
30
31
Function
Loads the character code page data for font No. (a) from the
storage area to the active area.
Saves the character code page data in the active area to the
storage area specified by font No. (a).
Active area:
Volatile memory (RAM)
• Storage area:
Non-volatile memory (Flash ROM)
• User-defined code page: Page 255 (space page)
•
<Specifications of font No. (a) >
9 × 17
Data Configuration
Dots in Horizontal
Direction
9
Dots in Vertical
Direction
17
12 × 24
12
24
Font No.
(a)
10
Font Type
12
• Clears the active area so that no data is loaded after saving the data (d1 = 30, d2 =
31).
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
123
SHEET
122
Confidential
<Function 8> GS ( E pL pH fn y c1 c2 [x d1...d(y × x) ]k (fn = 8)
[Format]
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
GS
1D
29
(
28
40
E
45
69
pL
pL
pL
pH
pH
pH
fn
fn
fn
y
y
y
c1
c1
c1
[Range]
5 ≤ (pL + pH × 256) ≤ 65535 (0 ≤ pL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ pH ≤ 255)
fn = 8
y=3
128 ≤ c1 ≤ c2 ≤ 255
0 ≤ x ≤ 12
(when font A (12 × 24) is selected)
0≤x≤9
(when font B (9 × 17) is selected)
0 ≤ d ≤ 255
k = c2 - c1 + 1
c2
c2
c2
d1...d(y × x) ]k
d1...d(y × x) ]k
d1...d(y × x) ]k
[x
[x
[x
[Description] • Defines the data for each character in the character code page in the active area of
(RAM).
• The data configuration (d) is column format.
<Function 9> GS ( E pL pH fn x c1 c2 [y d1...d(x × y) ]k (fn = 9)
[Format]
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
GS
1D
29
(
28
40
E
45
69
pL
pL
pL
pH
pH
pH
fn
fn
fn
x
x
x
c1
c1
c1
[Range]
5 ≤ (pL + pH × 256) ≤ 65535 (0 ≤ pL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ pH ≤ 255)
fn = 9
x=2
128 ≤ c1 ≤ c2 ≤ 255
0 ≤ y ≤ 24
(when font A (12 × 24) is selected)
0 ≤ y ≤ 17
(when font B (9 × 17) is selected)
0 ≤ d ≤ 255
k = c2 – c1 + 1
c2
c2
c2
[y
[y
[y
d1...d(x × y) ]k
d1...d(x × y) ]k
d1...d(x × y) ]k
[Description] • Defines the data for each character in the character code page in the active area of
(RAM).
• The data configuration (d) is raster format.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
124
SHEET
123
Confidential
<Function 10> GS ( E pL pH fn c1 c2 (fn = 10)
[Format]
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
GS
1D
29
(
28
40
E
45
69
pL
pL
pL
[Range]
(pL + pH × 256) = 3 (pL = 3, pH = 0)
fn = 10
128 ≤ c1 ≤ 255
128 ≤ c2 ≤ 255 (where c1 ≤ c2)
pH
pH
pH
fn
fn
fn
c1
c1
c1
c2
c2
c2
[Description] • Deletes the data for each character in the character code page in the active area of
(RAM).
<Function 11> GS ( E pL pH fn a d1...dk (fn = 11)
[Format]
ASCII
GS
(
E
pL
pH
Hex
1D
28
45
pL
pH
Decimal
29
40
69
pL
pH
[Default (upon shipment) ]
19200 bps, no parity, DTR/DSR control, 8 bits
[Range]
fn
fn
fn
a
a
a
d1 ... dk
d1 ... dk
d1 ... dk
3 ≤ (pL + pH × 256) ≤ 65535 (0 ≤ pL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ pH ≤ 255)
fn = 11
1≤a≤4
48 ≤ d ≤ 57
[Description] • Sets the communication conditions for the serial interface specified by a according to
value d.
a
1
2
3
4
Communication Condition
Baud rate
Parity
Flow control
Data length
Specification of d
k bytes of (d1...dk)
1 byte of (d1)
1 byte of (d1)
1 byte of (d1)
<Baud rate setting (d1...dk) >
Baud rate (bps)
EPSON
d1
d2
d3
d4
d5
d6
2400
50
52
48
48
--
--
4800
52
56
48
48
--
--
9600
57
54
48
48
--
--
19200
49
57
50
48
48
--
38400
51
56
52
48
48
--
57600
53
55
54
48
48
--
115200
49
49
53
50
48
48
SHEET
REVISION
NO.
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
B
NEXT
125
SHEET
124
Confidential
<Parity setting (d1) >
d1
48
49
50
Parity
No parity
Odd parity
Even parity
<Flow control setting (d1) >
d1
48
49
Flow control
DTR/DSR
XON/XOFF
<Data length setting (d1) >
d1
55
56
[Notes]
Data length
7 bits
8 bits
• New communication conditions will become effective the next time the printer is
booted. Note that the host must be set to enable the printer to communicate with the
host.
<Function 12> GS ( E pL pH fn a (fn = 12)
[Format]
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
GS
1D
29
(
28
40
E
45
69
[Range]
(pL + pH × 256) = 2 (pL = 2, pH = 0)
fn = 12
1≤a≤4
pL
pL
pL
pH
pH
pH
fn
fn
fn
a
a
a
[Description] • Transmits the communication conditions of the serial interface specified by a.
a
1
2
3
4
EPSON
Communication conditions
Baud rate
Parity
Flow control
Data length
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
126
SHEET
125
Confidential
GS ( G pL pH fn [parameters]
[Name]
Select cut sheet control function
[Description] • Various processes are performed to the cut sheet.
fn
32
48
Format
GS ( G pL pH fn m
GS ( G pL pH fn m
80
81
82
83
GS ( G pL pH fn m
GS ( G pL pH fn m
GS ( G pL pH fn m
GS ( G pL pH fn m
84
GS ( G pL pH fn m
85
Function
Function 32 Transmits the status of the cut sheet.
Function 48 Specifies the slip side (face or back) to be
printed.
Function 80 Selects the active sheet (paper source).
Function 81 Starts pre-process for cut sheet insertion.
Function 82 Ends pre-process for cut sheet insertion.
Function 83 Performs waiting process for cut sheet
insertion.
Function 84 Feeds to the print starting position for the
slip.
Function 85 Ends the processing for the cut sheet.
Function No.
GS ( G pL pH fn m
• pL, pH specify (pL + pH × 256) as the number of bytes after pH (fn and [parameters]).
• See 6.4, “MICR Control Commands” for MICR-related commands for <Function 60>
and <Function 61> of the GS ( G command.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
127
SHEET
126
Confidential
<Function 32> GS ( G pL pH fn m (fn = 32)
[Format]
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
GS
1D
29
(
28
40
[Range]
(pL + pH × 256) = 2
fn = 32
m = 48
G
47
71
pL
pL
pL
pH
pH
pH
fn
fn
fn
m
m
m
(pL = 2, pH = 0)
[Description] • Transmits the status of the cut sheet.
Transmission data block
Hexadecimal
Decimal
Header
37H
55
Identifier
3AH
58
Status
(See table below)
NUL
00H
0
<Status>
Bit
Off/On
Off
Hex
00
Decimal
0
On
01
1
Off
On
2
On
3 - 5 Off
6
On
7
Off
00
02
04
00
40
00
0
2
4
0
64
0
0
1
EPSON
Amount of data
1 byte
1 byte
1 byte
1 byte
Function
It is possible to feed to the starting position to
process the slip.
It is impossible to feed to the starting position to
process the slip.
It is possible to process MICR for the check.
It is impossible to process MICR for the check.
Reserved.
Reserved.
Fixed.
Fixed.
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
128
SHEET
127
Confidential
<Function 48> GS ( G pL pH fn m (fn = 48)
[Format]
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
GS
1D
29
[Range]
(pL + pH × 256) = 2
fn = 48
m = 4, 68
(
28
40
G
47
71
pL
pL
pL
pH
pH
pH
fn
fn
fn
m
m
m
(pL = 2, pH = 0)
[Description] • Selects slip as the paper source and selects the side of the slip to be printed.
• m specifies the side for printing as follows:
m
Function
4
Specifies the face of the slip.
68
Specifies the back of the slip.
<Function 80> GS ( G pL pH fn m (fn = 80)
[Format]
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
[Range]
(pL + pH × 256) = 2
fn = 80
1 ≤ m ≤ 4, m = 32
m=3
[Default]
GS
1D
29
(
28
40
G
47
71
pL
pL
pL
pH
pH
pH
fn
fn
fn
m
m
m
(pL = 2, pH = 0)
[Description] • Selects the paper source to be targeted for processing data by m.
Bit
Off/On
Hex Decimal Function
Off
00
0
Does not specify roll paper as the paper source.
0
On
01
1
Specifies roll paper as the paper source.
Off
00
0
Does not specify roll paper as the paper source.
1
On
02
2
Specifies roll paper as the paper source.
2
Off
00
0
Does not specify the slip as the paper source.
On
04
4
Specifies the slip as the paper source.
3, 4 Off
00
0
Reserved.
5
Off
00
0
Does not specify a check as the paper source.
On
20
32
Specifies a check as the paper source.
6, 7 Off
00
0
Reserved.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
129
SHEET
128
Confidential
<Function 81> GS ( G pL pH fn m (fn = 81)
[Format]
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
GS
1D
29
[Range]
(pL + pH × 256) = 2
fn = 81
m = 48
(
28
40
G
47
71
pL
pL
pL
pH
pH
pH
fn
fn
fn
m
m
m
(pL =2, pH = 0)
[Description] • Starts the pre-processing for the cut sheet (slip or check) selected as the paper source
for insertion.
• The printer executes release, and flashes the SLIP LED.
<Function 82> GS ( G pL pH fn m (fn = 82)
[Format]
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
GS
1D
29
[Range]
(pL + pH × 256) = 2
fn = 82
m = 48
(
28
40
G
47
71
pL
pL
pL
pH
pH
pH
fn
fn
fn
m
m
m
(pL =2, pH = 0)
[Description] • Ends the pre-processing for the cut sheet (slip or check) selected as the paper source
for insertion.
• The printer executes clamp, and lights the SLIP LED.
<Function 83> GS ( G pL pH fn m (fn = 83)
[Format]
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
GS
1D
29
[Range]
(pL + pH × 256) = 2
fn = 83
m = 48
(
28
40
G
47
71
pL
pL
pL
pH
pH
pH
fn
fn
fn
m
m
m
(pL =2, pH = 0)
[Description] • Performs the processing for the cut sheet (slip or check) selected as the paper source
for insertion.
• The printer executes release, and flashes the SLIP LED.
• The printer executes clamp, and lights the SLIP LED.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
130
SHEET
129
Confidential
<Function 84> GS ( G pL pH fn m (fn = 84)
[Format]
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
GS
1D
29
[Range]
(pL + pH × 256) = 2
fn = 84
m=1
(
28
40
G
47
71
pL
pL
pL
pH
pH
pH
fn
fn
fn
m
m
m
(pL =2, pH = 0)
[Description] • Feeds to the print starting position on the currently selected paper side when slip is
selected as the paper source.
[Notes]
• The print starting position can be set once per each printing face of the slip.
<Function 85> GS ( G pL pH fn m (fn = 85)
[Format]
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
GS
1D
29
[Range]
(pL + pH × 256) = 2
fn = 85
m = 48, 49
(
28
40
G
47
71
pL
pL
pL
pH
pH
pH
fn
fn
fn
m
m
m
(pL =2, pH = 0)
[Description] • Finishes the processing for the cut sheet (slip or check) after performing the function
specified by m.
• m specifies the function to perform:
m
Function
48
The printer ejects the clamped cut sheet.
49
The printer executes release of the clamped cut sheet.
• After the executing eject or release, the printer awaits removal of the paper and
flashes the SLIP LED. When the printer detects that the paper is removed, the printer
turns off the SLIP LED.
• The printer selects roll paper as the paper source.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
131
SHEET
130
Confidential
GS ( H pL pH fn [parameters]
[Name]
Require transmitting response
[Description] • Various processes are performed as the response.
Function No.
fn
Format
Function
48
GS ( H pL pH fn m d1 d2 d3 d4 Function 48 Specifies the process ID response.
49
Function 49 Specifies the offline response.
GS ( H pL pH fn m d
• pL,
[Note]
pH specify (pL + pH × 256) as the number of bytes after pH (fn and [parameters]).
• Do not use this command in a system in which the printer is used with the OPOS driver
or the JavaPOS driver that are provided by Seiko Epson Corporation.
<Function 48> GS ( H pL pH fn m d1 d2 d3 d4 (fn = 48)
[Format]
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
GS
1D
29
[Range]
(pL + pH × 256) = 6
fn = 48
m = 48
32 ≤ d ≤ 126
(
28
40
H
48
72
pL
pL
pL
pH
pH
pH
fn
fn
fn
m
m
m
d1
d1
d1
fn
fn
fn
m
m
m
d
d
d
d2
d2
d2
d3
d3
d3
d4
d4
d4
(pL =6, pH = 0)
[Description] • Transmits the specified process ID response.
• d1, d2, d3, d4 specifies process ID.
<Function 49> GS ( H pL pH fn m d (fn = 49)
[Format]
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
[Range]
(pL + pH × 256) = 3 (pL =3, pH = 0)
fn = 49
m = 48
0 ≤ d ≤ 2, 48 ≤ d ≤ 50
d=0
[Default]
GS
1D
29
(
28
40
H
48
72
pL
pL
pL
pH
pH
pH
[Description] • Specifies or turns off the offline response transmission.
d
Function
0, 48
Turns off the offline response transmission.
1, 49
Specifies the offline response transmission (not including the
offline cause).
2, 50
Specifies the offline response transmission (including the
offline cause).
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
132
SHEET
131
Confidential
GS ( K pL pH fn [parameters]
[Name]
Print control method(s)
[Function]
fn
48
• Specifies the settings for the miscellaneous print control or mechanism operations.
Function No.
Function
Format
Function 48 Specifies the print control mode.
GS ( K pL pH fn m
<Function 48> GS ( K pL pH fn m (fn = 48)
[Format]
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
[Range]
(pL + pH × 256) = 2 (pL = 2, pH = 0)
fn = 48
1 ≤ m ≤ 3, 49 ≤ m ≤ 51
m=2
[Default]
GS
1D
29
(
28
40
K
4B
75
pL
pL
pL
pH
pH
pH
fn
fn
fn
m
m
m
[Function]
• Prints the print data on the currently selected sheet using the print control mode
specified with m.
m
Print control mode
1, 49
Normal
2, 50
High speed
3, 51
Economy
[Notes]
• Bar code printing or two-dimensional code printing is performed with one directional
print in the normal mode, regardless of the settings with this command.
• In page mode, if multiple types of print modes are mixed, such as bar codes,
two-dimensional codes, or others, the printer prints the bar code or two-dimensional
code with one directional print in the normal print mode regardless of the setting of this
command.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
133
SHEET
132
Confidential
GS ( L pL pH m fn [parameters]
GS 8 L p1 p2 p3 p4 m fn [parameters]
[Name]
[Format]
Select graphics data
pH
m
fn
[parameters]
ASCII
GS
(
L
pL
Hex
1D
28
4C
pL
pH
m
fn
[parameters]
Decimal
29
40
76
pL
pH
m
fn
[parameters]
ASCII
GS
8
L
p1
p2
p3
p4
m
fn
[parameters]
Hex
1D
38
4C
p1
p2
p3
p4
m
fn
[parameters]
Decimal
29
56
76
p1
p2
p3
p4
m
fn
[parameters]
* In the description below, only GS ( L is used for explanation.
• Note that GS ( L and GS 8 L have the same function.
• If the [parameters] in the Format column in the table below exceed 65533 bytes, use GS 8 L.
• The only difference between GS ( L and GS 8 L is as listed below. The format for GS 8 L is
not provided in the following descriptions; however, [Description], [Notes], [Range], and
[Default] for parameters other than those listed in the table below are the same as for GS
( L.
<Parameters specifying the number of parameters after m>
Command
GS ( L
GS 8 L
EPSON
Parameters
p L, p H
p1, p2, p3, p4
Structure
2 bytes
4 bytes
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
Maximum value
65,535
4,294,967,295
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
134
SHEET
133
Confidential
[Description] • Processes graphics data according to the function code (fn).
fn
0, 48
GS ( L pL pH m fn
48
2, 50
GS ( L pL pH m fn
50
3, 51
GS ( L pL pH m fn
51
4, 52
GS ( L pL pH m fn
52
64
GS ( L pL pH m fn d1 d2
64
65
66
GS ( L pL pH m fn d1 d2 d3
GS ( L pL pH m fn kc1 kc2
65
66
67
67
69
GS ( L pL pH m fn a kc1 kc2 b
xL xH yL yH [c d1...dk]1...[c
d1...dk]b
GS ( L pL pH m fn a kc1 kc2 b
xL xH yL yH [c d1...dk]1...[c
d1...dk]b
GS ( L pL pH m fn kc1 kc2 x y
80
GS ( L pL pH m fn d1 d2
80
81
GS ( L pL pH m fn d1 d2 d3
81
82
GS ( L pL pH m fn kc1 kc2
82
83
GS ( L pL pH m fn a kc1 kc2 b
xL xH yL yH [c d1…dk]1…[c
d1…dk]b
GS ( L pL pH m fn a kc1 kc2 b
xL xH yL yH [c d1…dk]1…[c
d1…dk]b
GS ( L pL pH m fn kc1 kc2 x y
83
68
84
85
Format
Function No.
Function
Transmits the NV graphics
memory capacity.
Prints the graphics data in the
print buffer.
Transmits the remaining capacity
of the NV graphics memory.
Transmits the remaining capacity
of the downloaded graphics
memory.
Transmits the defined NV
graphics key code list.
Deletes all NV graphics data.
Deletes the specified NV graphics
data.
Defines the raster graphics data in
the non-volatile memory.
68
Defines the column graphic data
in the non-volatile memory.
69
Prints the specified NV graphics
data.
Transmits the defined downloaded
graphics key code list.
Performs batch deletion of all NV
graphics data.
Deletes the specified download
graphics data.
Defines (in raster format)
download graphics data.
84
Defines (in column format)
download graphics data.
Prints the specified download
graphics.
GS ( L pL pH m fn a bx by c xL 112
112
Stores graphics data in the print
xH yL yH d1…dk
buffer (in raster format).
GS ( L pL pH m fn a bx by c xL 113
113
Stores graphics data in the print
xH yL yH d1…dk
buffer (in column format).
• pL, pH specify (pL + pH × 256) as the number of bytes after pH (m, fn, and
[parameters]).
EPSON
85
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
135
SHEET
134
Confidential
[Notes]
• Frequent write command executions with functions 65, 66, 67, and 68 by an NV
memory write command (GS ( C, GS ( E, GS ( L/GS 8 L, GS ( M, GS g 0) may
damage the NV memory. Therefore, it is recommended to write to the NV memory
10 times or less a day.
• During processing of functions 65, 66, 67, and 68, the printer is BUSY while writing the
data to the NV memory and stops receiving data. Therefore, it is prohibited to
transmit data, including real-time commands, during the execution of this command.
<Function 48> GS ( L pL pH m fn (fn = 0, 48)
[Format]
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
GS
1D
29
[Range]
(pL + pH × 256) = 2
m = 48
fn = 0, 48
(
28
40
L
4C
76
pL
pL
pL
pH
pH
pH
m
m
m
fn
fn
fn
(pL = 2 , pH = 0)
[Description] • Transmits the total capacity of the NV graphics memory (number of bytes in the
memory area).
<Function 50> GS ( L pL pH m fn (fn = 2, 50)
[Format]
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
GS
1D
29
(
28
40
L
4C
76
[Range]
(pL + pH × 256) = 2 (pL = 2, pH = 0)
m = 48
fn = 2, 50
pL
pL
pL
pH
pH
pH
m
m
m
fn
fn
fn
[Description] • Prints the buffered graphics stored by the process of <Function 112> or <Function
113>.
• Feeds paper for the amount corresponding to the number of dots in the y direction of
the buffered graphics.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
136
SHEET
135
Confidential
<Function 51> GS ( L pL pH m fn (fn = 3, 51)
[Format]
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
GS
1D
29
[Range]
(pL + pH × 256) = 2
m = 48
fn = 3, 51
(
28
40
L
4C
76
pL
pL
pL
pH
pH
pH
m
m
m
fn
fn
fn
(pL = 2, pH = 0)
[Description] • Transmits the number of bytes of remaining memory (unused area) in the NV graphics
memory.
<Function 52> GS ( L pL pH m fn (fn = 4, 52)
[Format]
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
GS
1D
29
[Range]
(pL + pH × 256) = 2
m = 48
fn = 4, 52
(
28
40
L
4C
76
pL
pL
pL
pH
pH
pH
m
m
m
fn
fn
fn
(pL = 2, pH = 0)
[Description] • Transmits the number of bytes of remaining memory (unused area) in the downloaded
graphics area.
<Function 64> GS ( L pL pH m fn d1 d2 (fn = 64)
[Format]
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
GS
1D
29
[Range]
(pL + pH × 256) = 4
m = 48
fn = 64
d1 = 75
d2 = 67
(
28
40
L
4C
76
pL
pL
pL
pH
pH
pH
m
m
m
fn
fn
fn
d1
d1
d1
d2
d2
d2
(pL = 4, pH = 0)
[Description] • Transmits the defined NV graphics key code list.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
137
SHEET
136
Confidential
<Function 65> GS ( L pL pH m fn d1 d2 d3 (fn = 65)
[Format]
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
GS
1D
29
[Range]
(pL + pH × 256) = 5
m = 48
fn = 65
d1 = 67
d2 = 76
d3 = 82
(
28
40
L
4C
76
pL
pL
pL
pH
pH
pH
m
m
m
fn
fn
fn
d1
d1
d1
d2
d2
d2
m
m
m
fn
fn
fn
kc1
kc1
kc1
kc2
kc2
kc2
d3
d3
d3
(pL = 5, pH = 0)
[Description] • Deletes all defined NV graphics data.
<Function 66> GS ( L pL pH m fn kc1 kc2 (fn = 66)
[Format]
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
GS
1D
29
(
28
40
L
4C
76
pL
pL
pL
pH
pH
pH
(pL + pH × 256) = 4 (pL = 4, pH = 0)
m = 48
fn = 66
32 ≤ kc1 ≤ 126
32 ≤ kc2 ≤ 126
[Description] Deletes the NV graphics data defined by the key codes (kc1 and kc2) .
[Range]
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
138
SHEET
137
Confidential
<Function 67>
GS ( L pL pH m fn a kc1 kc2 b xL xH yL yH [c d1…dk]1…[c d1....dk]b (fn = 67)
[Format]
ASCII
GS
xL
1D
xL
29
xL
Hex
Decimal
[Range]
(
xH
28
xH
40
xH
L
yL
4C
yL
76
yL
pL
yH [c
pL
yH [c
pL
yH [c
pH
m
fn
a
kc1
d1...dk]1... [c d1...dk]b
pH
m
fn
a
kc1
d1...dk]1... [c d1...dk]b
pH
m
fn
a
kc1
d1...dk]1... [c d1...dk]b
kc2
b
kc2
b
kc2
b
12 ≤ (pL + pH × 256) ≤ 65535 (0 ≤ pL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ pH ≤ 255)
m = 48
fn = 67
a = 48
32 ≤ kc1 ≤ 126
32 ≤ kc2 ≤ 126
b = 1, 2
1 ≤ (xL + xH × 256) ≤ 8192 (0 ≤ xL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ xH ≤ 32)
1 ≤ (yL + yH × 256) ≤ 2304 (0 ≤ yL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ yH ≤ 9)
If these values are greater than the remaining capacity for NV graphics, NV graphics
are not defined.
49 ≤ c ≤ 51 (for TM-J7100)
c = 49
(for TM-J7000)
0 ≤ d ≤ 255
k = (int ((xL + xH × 256) + 7) /8) × (yL + yH × 256)
The entire capacity size = 384KB.
[Description] • Defines the raster graphics data in the NV graphics area.
•
b specifies the number of the color of the defined data.
• x L, x H
specify the defined data in the horizontal direction as (xL + xH × 256) dots.
specify the defined data in the vertical direction as (yL + yH × 256) dots.
• c specifies the color of the defined data.
• y L, y H
c
Defined data color
49
Color 1
50
Color 2
51
Color 3 (color 1 + color 2)
• d specifies the defined data.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
139
SHEET
138
Confidential
<Function 68> GS ( L pL pH m fn a kc1 kc2 b xL xH yL yH [c d1...dk]1...[c d1...dk]b
(fn = 68)
[Format]
ASCII
GS
xL
1D
xL
29
xL
Hex
Decimal
[Range]
(
xH
28
xH
40
xH
L
yL
4C
yL
76
yL
pL
pH
m
fn
a
yH [c d1...dk]1... [c d1...dk]b
pL
pH
m
fn
a
yH [c d1...dk]1... [c d1...dk]b
pL
pH
m
fn
a
yH [c d1...dk]1... [c d1...dk]b
kc1
kc2
b
kc1
kc2
b
kc1
kc2
b
12 ≤ (pL + pH × 256) ≤ 65535 (0 ≤ pL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ pH ≤ 255)
m = 48
fn = 68
a = 48
32 ≤ kc1 ≤ 126
32 ≤ kc2 ≤ 126
b = 1, 2
1 ≤ (xL + xH × 256) ≤ 8192 (0 ≤ xL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ xH ≤ 32)
1 ≤ (yL + yH × 256) ≤ 2304 (0 ≤ yL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ yH ≤ 9)
If these values are greater than the remaining capacity for NV graphics, NV graphics
are not defined.
49 ≤ c ≤ 51 (for TM-J7100)
c = 49
(for TM-J7000)
0 ≤ d ≤ 255
k = (xL + xH × 256) × (int ((yL + yH × 256) + 7) /8)
The entire capacity size = 384KB.
[Description] Defines the column graphics data in the NV graphics area.
•
b specifies the number of the color of the defined data.
• x L, x H
specify the defined data in the horizontal direction as (xL + xH × 256) dots.
specify the defined data in the vertical direction as (yL + yH × 256) dots.
c specifies the color of the defined data.
• y L, y H
•
c
Defined data color
49
Color 1
50
Color 2
51
Color 3 (color 1 + color 2)
• d specifies the defined data.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
140
SHEET
139
Confidential
<Function 69> GS ( L pL pH m fn kc1 kc2 x y (fn = 69)
[Format]
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
GS
1D
29
[Range]
(pL + pH × 256) = 6
m = 48
fn = 69
32 ≤ kc1 ≤ 126
32 ≤ kc2 ≤ 126
x = 1, 2
y = 1, 2
(
28
40
L
4C
76
pL
pL
pL
pH
pH
pH
m
m
m
fn
fn
fn
kc1
kc1
kc1
kc2
kc2
kc2
x
x
x
y
y
y
(pL = 6, pH = 0)
[Description] • Prints the NV graphics data defined by the key codes (kc1 and kc2) . The graphics
data is enlarged by x and y in the horizontal and vertical directions.
<Function 80> GS ( L pL pH m fn d1 d2 (fn = 80)
[Format]
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
GS
1D
29
[Range]
(pL + pH × 256) = 4
m = 48
fn = 80
d1 = 75
d2 = 67
(
28
40
L
4C
76
pL
pL
pL
pH
pH
pH
m
m
m
fn
fn
fn
d1
d1
d1
d2
d2
d2
(pL = 4, pH = 0)
[Description] • Transmits the defined downloaded graphics key code list.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
141
SHEET
140
Confidential
<Function 81> GS ( L pL pH m fn d1 d2 d3 (fn = 81)
[Format]
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
GS
1D
29
[Range]
(pL + pH × 256) = 5
m = 48
fn = 81
d1 = 67
d2 = 76
d3 = 82
(
28
40
L
4C
76
pL
pL
pL
pH
pH
pH
m
m
m
fn
fn
fn
d1
d1
d1
d2
d2
d2
m
m
m
fn
fn
fn
kc1 kc2
kc1 kc2
kc1 kc2
d3
d3
d3
(pL = 5, pH = 0)
[Description] • Deletes all defined downloaded graphics.
<Function 82> GS ( L pL pH m fn kc1 kc2 (fn = 82)
[Format]
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
GS
1D
29
[Range]
(pL + pH × 256) = 4
m = 48
fn = 82
32 ≤ kc1 ≤ 126
32 ≤ kc2 ≤ 126
(
28
40
L
4C
76
pL
pL
pL
pH
pH
pH
(pL = 4, pH = 0)
[Description] • Deletes the downloaded graphics data defined by the key codes (kc1 and kc2) .
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
142
SHEET
141
Confidential
<Function 83> GS ( L pL pH m fn a kc1 kc2 b xL xH yL yH [c d1...dk]1...[c d1...dk]b
(fn = 83)
[Format]
ASCII
GS (
L
pL pH m
[c d1...dk]1... [c d1...dk]b
1D 28 4C pL pH m
[c d1...dk]1... [c d1...dk]b
29
40 76 pL pH m
[c d1...dk]1... [c d1...dk]b
Hex
Decimal
[Range]
fn a
kc1 kc2
b xL
xH yL
yH
fn a
kc1 kc2
b xL
xH yL
yH
fn a
kc1 kc2
b xL
xH yL
yH
12 ≤ (pL + pH × 256) ≤ 65535 (0 ≤ pL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ pH ≤ 255)
m = 48
fn = 83
a = 48
32 ≤ kc1 ≤ 126
32 ≤ kc2 ≤ 126
b = 1, 2
1 ≤ (xL + xH × 256) ≤ 8192 (0 ≤ xL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ xH ≤ 32)
1 ≤ (yL + yH × 256) ≤ 2304 (0 ≤ yL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ yH ≤ 9)
If these values are greater than the remaining capacity for NV graphics, NV graphics
are not defined.
49 ≤ c ≤ 51 (for TM-J7100)
c = 49
(for TM-J7000)
0 ≤ d ≤ 255
k = (int ((xL + xH × 256) + 7) /8) × (yL + yH × 256)
The entire capacity size = 12304 bytes.
[Description] • Defines the raster graphics data in the volatile memory (RAM) .
•
b specifies the number of the color of the defined data.
• x L, x H
specify the defined data in the horizontal direction as (xL + xH × 256) dots.
specify the defined data in the vertical direction as (yL + yH × 256) dots.
• c specifies the color of the defined data.
• y L, y H
c
Defined data color
49
Color 1
50
Color 2
51
Color 3 (color 1 + color 2)
• d specifies the defined data.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
143
SHEET
142
Confidential
<Function 84> GS ( L pL pH m fn a kc1 kc2 b xL xH yL yH [c d1...dk]1...[c d1...dk]b
(fn = 84)
[Format]
ASCII
GS (
L
pL pH m
[c d1...dk]1... [c d1...dk]b
1D 28 4C pL pH m
[c d1...dk]1... [c d1...dk]b
29
40 76 pL pH m
[c d1...dk]1... [c d1...dk]b
Hex
Decimal
[Range]
fn
a
kc1
kc2 b
xL
xH yL yH
fn
a
kc1
kc2 b
xL
xH yL yH
fn
a
kc1
kc2 b
xL
xH yL yH
12 ≤ (pL + pH × 256) ≤ 65535 (0 ≤ pL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ pH ≤ 255)
m = 48
fn = 84
a = 48
32 ≤ kc1 ≤ 126
32 ≤ kc2 ≤ 126
b = 1, 2
1 ≤ (xL + xH × 256) ≤ 8192 (0 ≤ xL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ xH ≤ 32)
1 ≤ (yL + yH × 256) ≤ 2304 (0 ≤ yL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ yH ≤ 9)
If these values are greater than the remaining capacity for NV graphics, NV graphics
are not defined.
49 ≤ c ≤ 51 (for TM-J7100)
c = 49
(for TM-J7000)
0 ≤ d ≤ 255
k = (xL + xH × 256) × (int ((yL + yH × 256) + 7) /8)
The entire capacity size = 12304 bytes.
[Description] • Defines the column graphics data in the volatile memory (RAM).
•
b specifies the number of the color of the defined data.
• x L, x H
specify the defined data in the horizontal direction as (xL + xH × 256) dots.
specify the defined data in the vertical direction as (yL + yH × 256) dots.
• c specifies the color of the defined data.
• y L, y H
c
Defined data color
49
Color 1
50
Color 2
51
Color 3 (color 1 + color 2)
• d specifies the defined data.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
144
SHEET
143
Confidential
<Function 85> GS ( L pL pH m fn kc1 kc2 x y (fn = 85)
[Format]
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
GS
1D
29
[Range]
(pL + pH × 256) = 6
m = 48
fn = 85
32 ≤ kc1 ≤ 126
32 ≤ kc2 ≤ 126
x =1, 2
y =1, 2
(
28
40
L
4C
76
pL
pL
pL
pH
pH
pH
m
m
m
fn
fn
fn
kc1 kc2 x
kc1 kc2 x
kc1 kc2 x
y
y
y
(pL = 6, pH = 0)
[Description] • Prints the downloaded graphics data defined by the key codes (kc1 and kc2). The
graphics data is enlarged by x and y in the horizontal and vertical directions.
<Function 112> GS ( L pL pH m fn a bx by c xL xH yL yH d1...dk (fn = 112)
[Format]
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
GS
1D
29
(
28
40
L pL
4C pL
76 pL
pH m fn a
pH m fn a
pH m fn a
bx by
bx by
bx by
c
c
c
[Range]
11 ≤ (pL + pH × 256) ≤ 65535 (0 ≤ pL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ pH ≤ 255)
m = 48
fn = 112
a = 48
bx = 1, 2
by = 1, 2
49 ≤ c ≤ 51 (for TM-J7100)
c = 49
(for TM-J7000)
1 ≤ (xL + xH × 256) ≤ 2048 (0 ≤ xL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ xH ≤ 8)
1 ≤ (yL + yH × 256) ≤ 64 (1 ≤ yL ≤ 64, yH = 0)
0 ≤ d ≤ 255
k = (int ((xL + xH × 256) + 7) /8) × (yL + yH × 256)
xL
xL
xL
xH
xH
xH
yL
yL
yL
yH d1...dk
yH d1...dk
yH d1...dk
[Description] • Stores the raster graphics data, enlarged by bx and by in the horizontal and vertical
directions.
• xL, xH specify the defined raster graphics data in the horizontal direction as
(xL + xH × 256) dots.
• yL, yH specify the defined raster graphics data in the vertical direction as
(yL + yH × 256) dots.
• c specifies the color for the stored data.
c
Printing color
49
Color 1
50
Color 2
51
Color 3 (color 1 and color 2)
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
145
SHEET
144
Confidential
<Function 113> GS ( L pL pH m fn a bx by c xL xH yL yH d1...dk (fn = 113)
[Format]
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
GS
1D
29
(
28
40
L pL
4C pL
76 pL
pH m fn a
pH m fn a
pH m fn a
bx
bx
bx
by
by
by
c
c
c
[Range]
11 ≤ (pL + pH × 256) ≤ 65535 (0 ≤ pL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ pH ≤ 255)
m = 48
fn = 113
a = 48
bx = 1, 2
by = 1, 2
49 ≤ c ≤ 51 (for TM-J7100)
c = 49
(for TM-J7000)
1 ≤ (xL + xH × 256) ≤ 2048 (0 ≤ xL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ xH ≤ 8)
1 ≤ (yL + yH × 256) ≤ 64 (1 ≤ yL ≤ 64, yH = 0)
0 ≤ d ≤ 255
k = (xL + xH × 256) × (int ((yL + yH × 256) + 7) /8)
xL xH yL
xL xH yL
xL xH yL
yH d1...dk
yH d1...dk
yH d1...dk
[Description] • Stores the column graphics data in the print buffer. The graphics data is enlarged by
bx and by in the horizontal and vertical directions.
• xL, xH specify the defined column graphics data in the horizontal direction as
(xL + xH × 256) dots.
• yL, yH specify the defined column graphics data in the vertical direction as
(yL + yH × 256) dots.
• c specifies the color of the stored data.
c
49
50
51
EPSON
Printing color
Color 1
Color 2
Color 3 (color 1 and color 2)
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
146
SHEET
145
Confidential
GS ( M pL pH fn m
[Name]
Customize printer
[Description] • Executes the functions shown in the table below, using the function code defined by fn.
fn
Function No. Descriptions
1, 49
Function 1
Saves the setting values in the work area to the archive area.
2, 50
Function 2
Loads the setting values stored in the archive area to the
work area.
3, 51
Function 3
Specifies the setting values for the work area after the
initialization process.
pL, pH specify (pL + pH × 256) for the number of bytes after pH (fn and m).
fn specifies the function.
• m specifies the process of each function
•
•
• Data stored in the work area is erased by power off or reset because volatile RAM is
used. On the other hand, data stored in the archive area is kept, even if the power is
turned off or reset is executed, because non-volatile RAM is used. “Setting values”
are the values specified or defined by commands.
<Applied setting values for this command>
Setting value
Command
Status
ESC c 3, FS ( e, GS ( B, GS a, GS j
Characters
Font of character set
ESC M, ESC R, ESC t
Character format
(emphasized,
underlined, etc.)
ESC !, ESC -, ESC E, ESC G, ESC {, GS !, GS ( N,
GS B
Other characteristics
ESC SP, ESC 2, ESC 3
Print position
ESC D, ESC T, ESC a, GS L, GS W
Cut sheet operation
ESC F, ESC f
Bar code
GS H, GS f, GS h, GS w
2-dimensional code
GS ( k <Function 065> through <Function 070>
MICR function
FS ( f
Other characteristics
ESC U, ESC c 4, ESC c 5, GS ( D, GS ( H <Function
49>, GS ( K, GS P
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
147
SHEET
146
Confidential
<Function 1> GS ( M pL pH fn m (fn = 1,49)
[Format]
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
GS
1D
29
[Range]
(pL + pH × 256) = 2
fn = 1, 49
m = 1, 49
(
28
40
M
4D
77
pL
pL
pL
pH
pH
pH
fn
fn
fn
m
m
m
(pL = 2, pH = 0)
[Description] • Saves the setting values of commands listed in the table on the previous page and
stored in the work area to the archive area.
[Notes]
• Frequent write commands to NV memory, (GS ( C, GS ( E, GS ( L/GS 8 L, or GS ( M
GS g 0), may damage the NV memory. Therefore, it is recommended to write to NV
memory 10 times or less a day.
• In processing this command, the printer is BUSY while writing data to the NV memory
and stops receiving data. Therefore it is prohibited to transmit data, including the
real-time commands, during the execution of this command.
<Function 2> GS ( M pL pH fn m
[Format]
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
GS
1D
29
[Range]
(pL + pH × 256) = 2
fn = 2, 50
m = 0, 1, 48, 49
(
28
40
(fn = 2,50)
M
4D
77
pL
pL
pL
pH
pH
pH
fn
fn
fn
m
m
m
(pL = 2, pH = 0)
[Description] • Loads the values specified with m as the current command settings in the work area.
• When m = 0 or 48, the default values described in this specification are applied.
• When m = 1 or 49, this command loads the setting values stored in the archive area.
• Data not listed among the above commands or data stored in the receive buffer is not
affected.
• If no data in the storage area is protected, the default values described in this
specification are applied.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
148
SHEET
147
Confidential
<Function 3> GS ( M pL pH fn m (fn = 3,51)
[Format]
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
GS
1D
29
(pL + pH × 256) = 2
fn = 3, 51
m = 0, 1, 48, 49
[Default (upon shipment) ]
m=0
[Range]
(
28
40
M
4D
77
pL
pL
pL
pH
pH
pH
fn
fn
fn
m
m
m
(pL = 2, pH = 0)
[Description] • Loads the values specified by m as the current command settings in the work area
after the printer performs the initialization process.
• When m = 0 or 48, the default values described in this specification are applied.
• When m = 1 or 49, this command loads the setting values stored in the archive
area.
• For values not listed among the above commands the default values described in
this specification are applied.
• “Initialization process” is when the printer performs the following operations:
• Power is turned on with the switch or a hardware reset is performed.
• Software reset is performed.
• ESC @ is executed.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
149
SHEET
148
Confidential
GS ( N pL pH fn [parameters]
[Name]
Select character style
[Description] • Executes commands for the character style as specified by the function code (fn) .
fn
48
Format
GS ( N pL pH fn m
Function No.
Function 48
Description
Selects character color.
49
GS ( N pL pH fn m
Function 49
Selects background color.
50
GS ( N pL pH fn m a
Function 50
Selects or cancels "shadow".
<Function 48> GS ( N pL pH fn m (fn = 48)
[Format]
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
[Range]
(pL + pH × 256) = 2 (pL = 2, pH = 0)
fn = 48
48 ≤ m ≤ 51 (for TM-J7100)
m = 48, 49
(for TM-J7000)
m = 49
[Default]
GS
1D
29
(
28
40
N
4E
78
pL
pL
pL
pH
pH
pH
fn
fn
fn
m
m
m
[Description] • Prints characters in the color specified by m.
m
48
49
50
51
[Details]
Color
Not printing
Color 1
Color 2
Color 3 (color 1 + color 2)
• Color 1 is selected for the bit image after this command is executed (except for
graphics defined by GS ( L) .
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
150
SHEET
149
Confidential
<Function 49> GS ( N pL pH fn m (fn = 49)
[Format]
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
GS
1D
29
(
28
40
N
4E
78
pL
pL
pL
pH
pH
pH
fn
fn
fn
m
m
m
fn
fn
fn
m
m
m
(pL + pH × 256) = 2 (pL = 2, pH = 0)
fn = 49
48 ≤ m ≤ 51 (for TM-J7100)
m = 48, 49
(for TM-J7000)
[Default]
m = 48
[Description] Prints characters in the color specified by m.
[Range]
m
48
49
50
51
Color
Not printing
Color 1
Color 2
Color 3 (color 1 + color 2)
<Function 50> GS ( N pL pH fn m a (fn = 50)
[Format]
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
[Range]
(pL + pH × 256) = 3
fn = 50
m = 0, 1, 48, 49
a = 48
m=0
[Default]
GS
1D
29
(
28
40
N
4E
78
pL
pL
pL
pH
pH
pH
a
a
a
(pL = 3, pH = 0)
[Description] • Selects or cancels "shadow" as the character style.
• When m = 0, 48, "shadow" is canceled for the succeeding characters.
• When m = 1, 49, "shadow" is applied to the succeeding characters.
• When "shadow" is selected, the shadowed portion is printed with no color (no printing).
GS ( P pL pH fn
[Name]
[parameters]
Control page mode
[Description] • Executes commands for the character style as specified by the function code (fn) .
fn
48
EPSON
Format
GS ( P pL pH fn wxL wxH
wyL wyH oxL oxH c
Function No. Description
Function 48 Sets size of printable area for page
mode.
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
151
SHEET
150
Confidential
<Function 48> GS ( P pL pH fn wxL wxH wyL wyH oxL oxH c (fn = 48)
[Format]
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
GS
1D
29
(
28
40
P
50
80
pL
pL
pL
pH fn wxL wxH
pH fn wxL wxH
pH fn wxL wxH
wyL wyH
wyL wyH
wyL wyH
[Range]
(pL + pH × 256) = 8 (pL = 8, pH = 0)
fn = 48
1 ≤ (wxL + wxH × 256) ≤ 65535 (0 ≤ wxL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ wxH ≤ 255)
1 ≤ (wyL + wyH × 256) ≤ 65535 (0 ≤ wyL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ wyH ≤ 255)
0 ≤ (oxL + oxH × 256) ≤ 65535 (0 ≤ oxL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ oxH ≤ 255)
0≤c≤3
(for TM-J7100)
c=1
(for TM-J7000)
[Default]
<For TM-J7100>
(wxL + wxH × 256) = 360
(wyL + wyH × 256) = 584
(wxL + wxH × 256) = 432
(wyL + wyH × 256) = 488
(wxL + wxH × 256) = 480
(wyL + wyH × 256) = 440
(wxL + wxH × 256) = 512
(wyL + wyH × 256) = 416
(wxL + wxH × 256) = 576
(wyL + wyH × 256) = 368
(oxL + oxH × 256) = 0
c=3
(wxL = 104, wxH = 1)
(wyL = 72, wyH = 2)
(wxL = 176, wxH = 1)
(wyL = 232, wyH = 1)
(wxL = 224, wxH = 1)
(wyL = 184, wyH = 1)
(wxL = 0, wxH = 2)
(wyL = 160, wyH = 1)
(wxL = 64, wxH = 2)
(wyL = 112, wyH = 1)
(oxL = 0, oxH = 0)
<For TM-J7000>
(wxL + wxH × 256) = 360
(wyL + wyH × 256) = 1176
(wxL + wxH × 256) = 432
(wyL + wyH × 256) = 984
(wxL + wxH × 256) = 480
(wyL + wyH × 256) = 880
(wxL + wxH × 256) = 512
(wyL + wyH × 256) = 832
(wxL + wxH × 256) = 576
(wyL + wyH × 256) = 736
(oxL + oxH × 256) = 0
c=1
(wxL = 104, wxH = 1)
(wyL = 152, wyH = 4)
(wxL = 176, wxH = 1)
(wyL = 216, wyH = 3)
(wxL = 224, wxH = 1)
(wyL = 112, wyH = 3)
(wxL = 0, wxH = 2)
(wyL = 64, wyH = 3)
(wxL = 64, wxH = 2)
(wyL = 224, wyH = 2)
(oxL = 0, oxH = 0)
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
oxL oxH c
oxL oxH c
oxL oxH c
[Roll paper: paper width 57.5 mm]
[Roll paper: paper width 69.5 mm]
[Roll paper: paper width 76 mm]
[Roll paper: paper width 82.5 mm]
[Slip]
[Roll paper / Slip]
[Roll paper / Slip]
[Roll paper: paper width 57.5 mm]
[Roll paper: paper width 69.5 mm]
[Roll paper: paper width 76 mm]
[Roll paper: paper width 82.5 mm]
[Slip]
[Roll paper / Slip]
[Roll paper / Slip]
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
152
SHEET
151
Confidential
[Description] • This command sets the position and the size of the printable area for page mode.
•
wxL, wxH specify the horizontal starting position with [(wxL + wxH × 256) × (horizontal
motion units)].
•
wyL, wyH specify the vertical starting position with [(wyL + wyH × 256) × (vertical
motion units)].
oxL, oxH specify the horizontal offset of the printable area with [(oxL + oxH × 256) ×
(horizontal motion units)].
• c specifies the color for printing page mode.
•
c
1
2
3
Color
Color 1
Color 2
Color 3 (color 1 + color 2)
• On the TM-J7100, if c is specified as 1 or 2, the printer can use the same printable
area size as for the TM-J7000.
• This command sets the size of the printable area both for the paper roll and slip.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
153
SHEET
152
Confidential
GS ( k pL pH cn fn [parameters]
[Name]
Setup and print symbol
[Description] • Various processes are performed according to the function code (fn).
cn
48
Type of Symbol
PDF417 (2-dimensional code)
fn
65
Code
GS ( k pL pH cn fn n
Function No.
Function 065
Description
Sets the number of columns to one
per (step size) of the PDF417.
66
GS ( k pL pH cn fn n
Function 066
Specifies PDF417 step number.
67
GS ( k pL pH cn fn n
Function 067
Sets PDF417 module width.
68
GS ( k pL pH cn fn n
Function 068
Sets PDF417 step height.
69
GS ( k pL pH cn fn m n
Function 069
Sets PDF417 error correction level.
70
GS ( k pL pH cn fn m
Function 070
Specifies PDF417 options.
80
GS ( k pL pH cn fn m
d1...dk
Function 080
Receives and stores data (d1...dk) in
the symbol storage area.
81
GS ( k pL pH cn fn m
Function 081
Prints symbol data in the symbol
storage area.
82
GS ( k pL pH cn fn m
Function 082
Transmits the size information of the
symbol data in the symbol storage
area.
pL, pH specify (pL + pH × 256) as the number of bytes after pH (cn, fn, and
[parameters]).
• fn specifies the function.
•
• "Symbol data" refers to the data received with <Function 080> before encoding.
[Reference]
• "Symbol storage area" refers to the range for storing data received with <Function
080> before encoding.
Appendix A
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
154
SHEET
153
Confidential
<Function 065> GS ( k pL pH cn fn n (fn = 65)
[Format]
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
[Range]
(pL + pH × 256) = 3
cn = 48
fn = 65
0 ≤ n ≤ 30
n=0
[Default]
GS
1D
29
(
28
40
k
6B
107
pL
pL
pL
pH
pH
pH
cn
cn
cn
fn
fn
fn
n
n
n
(pL = 3, pH = 0)
[Description] • Sets the number of digits (step size) for the data area for PDF417 symbols.
• When n = 0, specifies automatic processing
When n ≠ 0, sets the number of digits for the data area to n code words.
• When automatic processing (n = 0) is specified, the number of columns per row is
calculated with the number of code words or the range of printable area.
•
[Notes]
• The following data is not included in the line number.
• Start and stop patterns
• Left and right indicator code words
<Function 066> GS ( k pL pH cn fn n (fn = 66)
[Format]
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
[Range]
(pL + pH × 256) = 3
cn = 48
fn = 66
n = 0, 3 ≤ n ≤ 90
n=0
[Default]
GS
1D
29
(
28
40
k
6B
107
pL
pL
pL
pH
pH
pH
cn
cn
cn
fn
fn
fn
n
n
n
(pL = 3, pH = 0)
[Description] • Sets the step size of PDF417 symbols
• When n = 0, specifies automatic processing
•
When n ≠ 0, sets the height of the symbol steps to n.
• When automatic processing (n = 0) is specified, the number of columns per row is
calculated with the number of code words or the range of printable area.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
155
SHEET
154
Confidential
<Function 067> GS ( k pL pH cn fn n (fn = 67)
[Format]
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
[Range]
(pL + pH × 256) = 3
cn = 48
fn = 67
2≤n≤8
n =3
[Default]
GS
1D
29
(
28
40
k
6B
107
pL
pL
pL
pH
pH
pH
cn
cn
cn
fn
fn
fn
n
n
n
(pL = 3, pH = 0)
[Description] • Sets the dot width of one PDF417 symbol module to n dots.
<Function 068> GS ( k pL pH cn fn n (fn = 68)
[Format]
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
[Range]
(pL + pH × 256) = 3
cn = 48
fn = 68
2≤n≤8
n=3
[Default]
GS
1D
29
(
28
40
k
6B
107
pL
pL
pL
pH
pH
pH
cn
cn
cn
fn
fn
fn
n
n
n
(pL = 3, pH = 0)
[Description] • Sets the height of one PDF417 symbol step to n times the module width.
• The module width is set with <Function 067> of this command.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
156
SHEET
155
Confidential
<Function 069> GS ( k pL pH cn fn n (fn = 69)
[Format]
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
[Range]
(pL + pH × 256) = 4 (pL = 4, pH = 0)
cn = 48
fn = 69
m = 48, 49
48 ≤ n ≤ 56 (when m = 48)
1 ≤ n ≤ 40 (when m = 49)
m = 49, n = 1
[Default]
GS
1D
29
(
28
40
k
6B
107
pL
pL
pL
pH
pH
pH
cn
cn
cn
fn
fn
fn
m
m
m
n
n
n
[Description] • Sets the error correction level for PDF417 symbols.
• When m = 48, the error correction level is set by the “Level Setting” error correction
code word shown in the table below.
n
Function
Error Correction Code Word
48
Select error correction level 0
2
49
Select error correction level 1
4
50
Select error correction level 2
8
51
Select error correction level 3
16
52
Select error correction level 4
32
53
Select error correction level 5
64
54
Select error correction level 6
128
55
Select error correction level 7
256
56
Select error correction level 8
512
• When m = 49, the error correction level is set to the level indicated by the data code
word value. The rate is set to [n × 10%].
• The error correction levels in the following table are determined by the calculation
[Data code word × n × 0.1 = (A) ] (fractions of 0.5 and over are rounded up, and others
are truncated.)
Result (A)
Error Correction Level
Error Correction Code Word
0-3
1
4
4 - 10
2
8
11 - 20
3
16
21 - 45
4
32
46 - 100
5
64
101 - 200
6
128
201 - 400
7
256
401 or more
8
512
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
157
SHEET
156
Confidential
<Function 070> GS ( k pL pH cn fn m (fn = 70)
[Format]
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
[Range]
(pL + pH × 256) = 3
cn = 48
fn = 70
m = 0, 1
m=0
[Default]
GS
1D
29
(
28
40
k
6B
107
pL
pL
pL
pH
pH
pH
cn
cn
cn
fn
fn
fn
m
m
m
(pL = 3, pH = 0)
[Description] • Specifies or cancels various PDF417 symbol options
• When m = 0, the simple PDF417 symbol processing is canceled and the standard
PDF417 symbol processing is specified.
• When m = 1, the simple PDF417 symbol processing is specified.
<Function 080> GS ( k pL pH cn fn m d1…dk (fn = 80)
[Format]
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
GS
1D
29
(
28
40
k
6B
107
pL
pL
pL
pH
pH
pH
cn
cn
cn
fn
fn
fn
[Range]
4 ≤ (pL + pH × 256) ≤ 65535 (0 ≤ pL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ pH ≤ 255)
cn = 48
fn = 80
m = 48
0 ≤ d ≤ 255
k = (pL + pH × 256) – 3
m
m
m
d1…dk
d1…dk
d1…dk
[Description] • Writes symbol data (d1...dk) in the PDF417 symbol storage area.
•
[Note]
Bytes of ((pL + pH × 256) – 3) after d1 are processed as symbol data.
Received symbol data is stored raw in the symbol storage area (unencoded).
• The symbol data in the PDF417 symbol storage is not affected by GS ( M.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
158
SHEET
157
Confidential
<Function 081> GS ( k pL pH cn fn m (fn = 81)
[Format]
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
GS
1D
29
[Range]
(pL + pH × 256) = 3
cn = 48
fn = 81
m = 48
(
28
40
k
6B
107
pL
pL
pL
pH
pH
pH
cn
cn
cn
fn
fn
fn
m
m
m
(pL = 3, pH = 0)
[Description] • Encodes and prints symbol data in the symbol storage area.
• If the printer is in any of the following conditions during processing of this command,
the symbol printing cannot be performed, and the printer does not work:
• No symbol data in symbol storage area.
• In standard mode, when this command is executed while data still remains in the
print buffer.
• The number of code words in the data area exceeds 928.
• When the number of columns and rows is not automatically processed; that is,
(number of columns × number of rows) < number of code words.
• When the number of columns is automatically processed, the data in the data area
cannot be printed because of lack of print area.
• If the symbol size is larger than the printable area, the printer processes the following
without printing.
Status
Standard mode
Page mode
Print area
Horizontal direction:
Specified with the setting values
and printing position by GS L
and GS W.
Horizontal direction:
Specified with the setting values
and printing position by ESC W.
Operation
[Notes]
Vertical direction:
831 dots
Vertical direction:
Specified with the setting values
and printing position by ESC W.
Paper feeds for 3 rows of spacing
for the symbol
Printing position moves to the
buffer-full position.
• Users must consider the quiet zone for the PDF417 symbols (upward and downward
spaces and left and right spaces for the PDF417 symbols described in the
specifications for the PDF417 symbols.)
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
159
SHEET
158
Confidential
<Function 082>
GS ( k pL pH cn fn m (fn = 82)
[Format]
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
GS
1D
29
[Range]
(pL + pH × 256) = 3
cn = 48
fn = 82
m = 48
(
28
40
k
6B
107
pL
pL
pL
pH
pH
pH
cn
cn
cn
fn
fn
fn
m
m
m
(pL = 3, pH = 0)
[Description] • Sends the size of the encoded symbol data in the symbol storage area.
[Notes]
• This command doesn’t print.
• Users must consider the quiet zone for the PDF417 symbols (upward and downward
spaces and left and right spaces for the PDF417 symbols descried in the
specifications for the PDF417 symbols.)
GS ∗ x y d1...dk
[obsolete command]
GS ( L <Function 83> or <Function 84>, which is the upward-compatible command replacing GS ∗, is
®
recommended for use, since GS ∗ is an obsolete command in the ESC/POS command system.
[Name]
Define downloaded bit image
[Format]
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
[Range]
1 ≤ x ≤ 255
1 ≤ y ≤ 48 (where 1 ≤ x × y ≤ 1536)
0 ≤ d ≤ 255
k=x×y×8
GS
1D
29
∗
2A
42
x
x
x
y
y
y
d1...dk
d1...dk
d1...dk
[Description] • Defines the downloaded bit image using the number of dots specified by x and y.
• x specifies the horizontal size of the downloaded bit image as a number of bytes.
• y specifies the vertical size of the downloaded bit image as a number of bytes.
• d specifies the defined data.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
160
SHEET
159
Confidential
GS / m
[obsolete command]
GS ( L <Function 85>, which is the upward-compatible command replacing GS /, is recommended for
®
use, since GS / is an obsolete command in the ESC/POS command system.
[Name]
[Format]
Print downloaded bit image
ASCII
GS
/
Hex
1D
2F
Decimal
29
47
[Range]
0 ≤ m ≤ 3, 48 ≤ m ≤ 51
m
m
m
[Description] • Prints the defined downloaded bit image in m mode.
Enlargement in vertical
Mode
m
direction
0, 48
Normal
1
1, 49
Double-width
1
2, 50
Double-height
2
3, 51
Quadruple
2
Enlargement in
horizontal direction
1
2
1
2
GS B n
[Name]
[Format]
Turn white/black reverse printing mode on/off
ASCII
GS
B
n
Hex
1D
42
n
Decimal
29
66
n
[Range]
[Default]
0 ≤ n ≤ 255
n=0
[Description] • Turns white/black reverse printing mode on or off.
• When the LSB of n is 0, white/black reverse mode is turned off.
• When the LSB of n is 1, white/black reverse mode is turned on.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
161
SHEET
160
Confidential
GS H n
[Name]
[Format]
Select printing position for HRI characters
ASCII
GS
H
n
Hex
1D
48
n
Decimal
29
72
n
[Range]
[Default]
0 ≤ n ≤ 3, 48 ≤ n ≤ 51
n=0
[Description] • Selects the printing position of HRI characters when printing a bar code.
• n selects the execution of printing and the printing position as follows:
n
0, 48
1, 49
2, 50
3, 51
EPSON
Printing position
Not printed.
Above the bar code.
Below the bar code.
Both above and below the bar code.
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
162
SHEET
161
Confidential
GS I n
[Name]
[Format]
Transmit printer ID
ASCII
GS
Hex
1D
Decimal
29
[Range]
1 ≤ n ≤ 3, 49 ≤ n ≤ 51, 65 ≤ n ≤ 68, n = 112
I
49
73
n
n
n
[Description] • Transmits the printer ID specified.
• n specifies the types of the printer ID.
n
Printer ID type
1, 49
Printer model ID
2, 50
Type ID
3, 51
Firmware version ID
ID
Hexadecimal: 43H Decimal: 67
See table [Type ID].
Depends on firmware version.
• Transmits the printer information specified.
n
65
66
67
Type of printer information
Firmware version
Manufacturer
Printer name
68
112
Product ID
Type ID (B)
[Type ID]
Bit
Off/On
0
Off
1
Off
2
3
4
5, 6
7
EPSON
Hex
00
00
Decimal
0
0
On
02
2
Off
00
0
On
04
4
Off
On
Off
-Off
00
08
00
00
00
0
8
0
0
0
Contents
Depends on firmware version.
“EPSON”
“TM-J7100” (two-color model).
”TM-J7000” (single-color model).
Serial number.
See table [Type ID (B)].
Function
Multi byte code not supported.
Autocutter not installed.
(Memory switch [Msw2-2] is set to Off.)
Autocutter installed.
(Memory switch [Msw2-2] is set to On.)
DM-D series customer display not connected.
(Memory switch [Msw 1-6] is set to Off.)
DM-D series customer display connected.
(Memory switch [Msw 1-6] set to On.)
MICR not installed.
MICR installed.
Fixed.
Reserved.
Fixed
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
163
SHEET
162
Confidential
[Type ID (B) ]
Bit
Off/On
0
Off
On
1
Off
On
-2∼5
6
On
7
Off
Hex
00
01
00
02
00
40
00
Decimal
0
1
0
2
0
64
0
Function
Single-color model TM-J7000
Two-color model TM-J7100
Endorsement printer not installed
Endorsement printer installed.
Reserved.
Fixed.
Fixed.
GS L nL nH
[Name]
[Format]
Set left margin
ASCII
GS
Hex
1D
Decimal
29
[Range]
0 ≤ (nL + nH × 256) ≤ 65535
(0 ≤ nL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ nH ≤ 255)
[Default]
(nL + nH × 256) = 0
(nL = 0, nH = 0)
L
4C
76
nL
nL
nL
nH
nH
nH
[Description] • Sets the left margin specified by nL and nH.
•
The left margin is [(nL + nH × 256) × (vertical or horizontal motion units) ].
GS P x y
[Name]
[Format]
Set horizontal and vertical motion units
ASCII
GS
P
x
y
Hex
1D
50
x
y
Decimal
29
80
x
y
[Range]
0 ≤ x ≤ 255
0 ≤ y ≤ 255
x = 180, y = 360
[Default]
[Description] • Sets the horizontal and vertical motion units to approximately 25.4/x mm {1/x"} and
approximately 25.4/y mm {1/y"}, respectively.
• When x and y are set to 0, the default setting of each value is used.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
164
SHEET
163
Confidential
GS Q 0 m xL xH yL yH d1...dk
[obsolete command]
GS ( L <Function 113> and <Function 50>, which is the upward-compatible command replacing GS Q
®
0, is recommended for use, since GS Q 0 is an obsolete command in the ESC/POS command
system.
[Name]
[Format]
Print variable vertical size bit image
ASCII
GS
Q
0
m
Hex
1D
51
30
m
Decimal
29
81
48
m
xL
xL
xL
xH
xH
xH
yL
yL
yL
yH
yH
yH
d1...dk
d1...dk
d1...dk
0 ≤ m ≤ 3, 48 ≤ m ≤ 51
1 ≤ (xL + xH × 256) ≤ 4256
(0 ≤ xL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ xH ≤ 12)
1 ≤ (yL + yH × 256) ≤ 8
(1 ≤ yL ≤ 8, yH = 0)
0 ≤ d ≤ 255
k = (xL + xH × 256) × (yL + yH × 256)
[Description] Prints a bit image that can have a variable vertical length.
[Range]
• m specifies the bit image mode.
m
Mode
0, 48
1, 49
2, 50
3, 51
Normal
Double-width
Double-height
Quadruple
Enlargement in vertical
direction
1
1
2
2
Enlargement in
horizontal direction
1
2
1
2
GS T n
[Name]
[Format]
[Range]
Set print position to the beginning of print line
ASCII
GS
T
n
Hex
1D
54
n
Decimal
29
84
n
n = 0, 1, 48, 49
[Description] • Sets the print position to the beginning of the print line.
• n specifies how data in the print buffer is processed when this command is executed.
n
Function
0, 48
Sets the print position after the data in the print buffer is deleted.
1, 49
Sets the print position after the data in the print buffer is printed.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
165
SHEET
164
Confidential
➀ GS V m
➁ GS V m n
[Name]
[Format]
[Range]
Select cut mode and cut paper
➀ ASCII
GS
V
m
Hex
1D
56
m
Decimal 29
86
m
➁ ASCII
GS
V
m
Hex
1D
56
m
Decimal 29
86
m
➀ m = 0, 1, 48, 49
➁ m = 65, 66, 0 ≤ n ≤ 255
n
n
n
[Description] • Cuts paper in the specified mode.
m
0, 48
1, 49
65, 66
Function
Cuts paper
Feeds specified length of paper (cut position + [n x vertical or horizontal
motion units]) and cuts the paper.
GS W nL nH
[Name]
[Format]
Set printing area width
ASCII
GS
W
Hex
1D
57
Decimal
29
87
[Range]
0 ≤ (nL + nH × 256) ≤ 65535 (0 ≤ nL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ nH ≤ 255)
[Default]
(nL + nH × 256) = 360
(nL + nH × 256) = 432
(nL + nH × 256) = 480
(nL + nH × 256) = 512
(nL + nH × 256) = 576
(nL + nH × 256) = 552
nL
nL
nL
nH
nH
nH
(nL = 104, nH = 1)
(nL = 176, nH = 1)
(nL = 224, nH = 1)
(nL = 0, nH = 2)
(nL = 64, nH = 2)
(nL = 40, nH = 2)
[Roll paper: paper width 57.5mm]
[Roll paper: paper width 69.5mm]
[Roll paper: paper width 76mm]
[Roll paper: paper width 82.5mm]
[face of slip]
[back of slip]
[Description] • Sets the printing area width as [(nL + nH × 256) × vertical or horizontal motion unit].
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
166
SHEET
165
Confidential
GS \ nL nH
[Name]
[Format]
Set relative vertical print position in page mode
nH
ASCII
GS
\
nL
Hex
1D
5C
nL
nH
Decimal
29
92
nL
nH
[Range]
-32768 ≤ (nL +nH × 256 ) ≤ 32767
[Description] • Sets the next vertical print starting position to [(nL + nH × 256) × (vertical or horizontal
motion units)] from the current position.
• A positive number specifies movement to the down, and a negative number specifies
movement to the upper.
GS a n
[Name]
[Format]
Enable/Disable Automatic Status Back (ASB)
ASCII
GS
a
n
Hex
1D
61
n
Decimal
29
97
n
[Range]
[Default]
0 ≤ n ≤ 255
n = 0 when memory switch [Msw 1-3] is Off.
n = 2 when memory switch [Msw 1-3] is On.
[Description] • Specifies the status items for basic ASB (Automatic Status Back) .
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
EPSON
Off/On
Off
On
Off
On
Off
On
Off
On
Off
Off
On
Off
On
Off
Hex
00
01
00
02
00
04
00
08
00
00
20
00
40
00
Decimal
0
1
0
2
0
4
0
8
0
0
32
0
64
0
Function
Drawer kick-out connector pin 3 disabled.
Drawer kick-out connector pin 3 enabled.
Online/offline status disabled.
Online/offline status enabled.
Error status disabled.
Error status enabled.
Paper roll sensor status disabled.
Paper roll sensor status enabled.
Reserved.
Cut sheet sensor status disabled.
Cut sheet sensor status enabled.
Panel button status disabled.
Panel button status enabled.
Reserved.
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
167
SHEET
166
Confidential
• The basic ASB status to be transmitted is the four bytes that follow:
• First byte (printer information)
Bit
Off/On Hex
Decimal
Function
0, 1
Off
00
0
Fixed.
2
Off
00
0
Drawer kick-out connector pin 3 is LOW.
On
04
4
Drawer kick-out connector pin 3 is HIGH.
3
Off
00
0
Online.
On
08
8
Offline.
4
On
10
16
Fixed.
5
Off
00
0
Cover is closed.
On
20
32
Cover is open.
6
Off
00
0
Paper is not being fed by using the paper FEED
button.
On
40
64
Paper is being fed by using the paper FEED
button.
7
Off
00
0
Fixed.
Bit 5: While the paper roll cover or the carriage cover is open, the bit indicates
“cover is open.”
Second byte (printer information)
Bit
Off/On Hex
Decimal
Function
0
Off
00
0
Reserved.
1
Off
00
0
Paper FEED button is turned Off.
On
02
2
Paper FEED button is turned On.
2
Off
00
0
No mechanical error.
On
04
4
Mechanical error has occurred.
3
Off
00
0
No autocutter error.
On
08
8
Autocutter error occurred.
4
Off
00
0
Fixed.
5
Off
00
0
No unrecoverable error.
On
20
32
Unrecoverable error has occurred.
6
Off
00
0
No automatically recoverable error.
On
40
64
Automatically recoverable error has occurred.
7
Off
00
0
Fixed.
Bit 2: If "paper roll cover open" is set as a recoverable error using the memory switch,
a mechanical error occurs if the cover is open while printing on the paper roll.
Bit 6: If "paper roll cover open" is set as an automatically recoverable error using the
memory switch, an automatically recoverable error occurs if the cover is open
while printing on the paper roll. The head high/low temperature errors are also
regarded as automatically recoverable errors.
•
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
168
SHEET
167
Confidential
Third byte (paper sensor information)
Bit
Off/On Hex
Decimal
Function
0, 1
Off
00
0
Paper roll near-end sensor: paper adequate.
On
03
3
Paper roll near-end sensor: paper near end.
2, 3
Off
00
0
Paper roll end sensor: paper present.
On
0C
12
Paper roll end sensor: paper not present.
4
Off
00
0
Fixed.
5
Off
00
0
TOF sensor: paper present.
On
20
32
TOF sensor: paper not present.
6
Off
00
0
BOF sensor: paper present.
On
40
64
BOF sensor: paper not present.
7
Off
00
0
Fixed.
Bits 2 and 3: While the cover is open, the status isn’t changed and is kept as same as
when the cover was opened.
Bit 6:
Refer to Section 3.9.1, Sensors and LED Indicators, part 2) BOF sensor,
for the status of the BOF sensor.
•
Fourth byte (paper sensor information)
Bit
Off/On Hex
Decimal
Function
0
Off
00
0
Slip is selected.
On
01
1
Slip is not selected.
1
Off
00
0
Can print on slip.
On
02
2
Cannot print on slip.
2, 3
On
0C
12
Reserved.
4
Off
00
0
Fixed.
5, 6
On
60
96
Reserved.
7
Off
00
0
Fixed.
•
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
169
SHEET
168
Confidential
GS f n
[Name]
[Format]
[Range]
[Default]
Select font for HRI characters
ASCII
GS
f
n
Hex
1D
66
n
Decimal
29
102
n
n = 0, 1, 48, 49
n=0
[Description] • Selects a font for the HRI characters used when printing a bar code.
• n specifies the font of the HRI characters as follows:
n
Font
0, 48
Font A
1, 49
Font B
GS g 0 m nL nH
[Name]
[Format]
[Range]
Initialize maintenance counter
nH
ASCII
GS
g
0
m
nL
Hex
1D
67
30
m
nL
nH
Decimal
29
103
48
m
nL
nH
m=0
(nL + nH × 256) = 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 50, 60, 61, 70
(nL = 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 50, 60, 61, 70, nH = 0)
[Description] • Sets the specified resettable maintenance counter to 0.
•
nL, nH set the maintenance counter number to (nL + nH × 256).
Counter number
Counter [Units]
Hex
Decimal
1E
1F
20
21
22
23
32
3C
3D
46
[Note]
[Reference]
30
31
32
33
34
35
50
60
61
70
Number of line feeds (for roll paper) [Lines].
Average number of head shots (color 1) [Shots].
Average number of head shots (color 2) [Shots].
Number of carriage operations [Cycles].
Number of pump operations [Cycles].
Number of line feeds (for slip) [Lines].
Number of autocutter operations [Cycles].
Number of MICR reads [Cycles].
Number of endorsement printing [Cycles].
Printer operation time [Hours].
• Frequent write commands using NV memory write commands (GS ( C, GS ( E, GS ( L
/ GS 8 L, GS ( M, or GS g 0) may damage the NV memory. Therefore, it is
recommended to write to the NV memory 10 times or less a day.
Appendix E
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
170
SHEET
169
Confidential
GS g 2 m nL nH
[Name]
[Format]
[Range]
Transmit maintenance counter value
nH
ASCII
GS
g
2
m
nL
Hex
1D
67
32
m
nL
nH
Decimal
29
103
50
m
nL
nH
m=0
(nL + nH × 256) = 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 50, 60, 61, 70
(nL = 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 50, 60, 61, 70, nH = 0)
(nL + nH × 256) = 158, 159, 160, 161, 162, 163, 178, 188, 189, 198
(nL =158, 159, 160, 161, 162, 163, 178, 188, 189, 198, nH = 0)
[Description] • Transmits the value of the specified maintenance counter.
•
nL, nH set the maintenance counter number to (nL + nH × 256).
Counter number
Counter [Units]
Kind of counter
Hex
Decimal
1E
30
Number of line feeds (for roll paper) [Lines].
Can be reset
1F
31
Average number of head shots (color 1) [Shots].
20
32
Average number of head shots (color 2) [Shots].
21
33
Number of carriage operations [Cycles].
22
34
Number of pump operations [Cycles].
23
35
Number of line feeds (for slip) [Lines].
32
50
Number of autocutter operations [Cycles].
3C
60
Number of MICR reads [Cycles].
3D
61
Number of endorsement printing [Cycles].
46
70
Printer operation time [Hours].
9E
9F
A0
A1
A2
A3
B2
BC
BD
C6
[Notes]
[Reference]
158
159
160
161
162
163
178
188
189
198
Number of line feeds (for roll paper) [Lines].
Cumulative
Average number of head shots (color 1) [Shots].
Average number of head shots (color 2) [Shots].
Number of carriage operations [Cycles].
Number of pump operations [Cycles].
Number of line feeds (for slip) [Lines].
Number of autocutter operations [Cycles].
Number of MICR reads [Cycles].
Number of endorsement printing [Cycles].
Printer operation time [Hours].
• The counter values may be different from actual counting, depending on the time
difference or the error occurring.
Appendix E
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
171
SHEET
170
Confidential
GS h n
[Name]
[Format]
Select bar code height
ASCII
GS
h
Hex
1D
68
Decimal
29
104
[Range]
[Default]
1 ≤ n ≤ 255
n = 162
n
n
n
[Description] • Selects the height of the bar code as n dots.
GS j n
[Name]
[Format]
Enable/Disable Automatic Status Back (ASB) related to ink.
ASCII
GS
j
n
Hex
1D
6A
n
Decimal
29
106
n
[Range]
[Default]
0 ≤ n ≤ 255
n = 0 when memory switch [Msw 1-3] is Off.
n = 1 when memory switch [Msw 1-3] is On.
[Description] • Enables or disables Automatic Status Back (ASB) .
• n specifies enabling or disabling of the status bit of ink ASB as follows:
Bit
0
1
2∼7
Off/On
Off
On
Off
On
Off
Hex
00
01
00
02
00
Decimal
0
1
0
2
0
Function
Online/offline status of ink unit disabled.
Online/offline status of ink unit enabled.
Ink sensor status disabled.
Ink sensor status enabled.
Reserved.
• Ink ASB status to be transmitted is the four bytes that follow:
Ink ASB status
Hex
Decimal
Amount of data
Header
35H
53
1 byte
Status A
See table [Status A]
1 byte
Status B
See table [Status B]
1 byte
NUL
00H
0
1 byte
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
172
SHEET
171
Confidential
• Status A
Bit Off/On Hex Decimal
Function
0
Off
00
0
Ink near-end sensor: ink adequate (color 1).
On
01
1
Ink near-end sensor: ink near end (color 1).
1
Off
00
0
Ink present (color 1).
On
02
2
Ink not present (color 1).
2
Off
00
0
Ink cartridge sensor: cartridge present (color 1).
On
04
4
Ink cartridge sensor: cartridge not present (color 1).
3
Off
00
0
Ink cartridge sensor: cartridge present (color 2).
On
08
8
Ink cartridge sensor: cartridge not present (color 2).
4
Off
00
0
Reserved.
5
Off
00
0
Cleaning not performed.
On
20
32
Cleaning performed.
6
On
40
64
Fixed.
7
Off
00
0
Fixed.
Bit 3:
The status for the single-color printer (TM-J7000) should always be
"cartridge present."
• Status B
Bit Off/On Hex Decimal
Function
0
Off
00
0
Ink near-end sensor: ink adequate (color 2).
On
01
1
Ink near-end sensor: ink near end (color 2).
1
Off
00
0
Ink present (color 2).
On
02
2
Ink not present (color 2).
Off
00
0
Reserved.
2∼5
6
On
40
64
Fixed.
7
Off
00
0
Fixed.
Bit 0:
The status for the single-color printer (TM-J7000) should always be "ink
adequate."
Bit 1:
The status for the single-color printer (TM-J7000) should always be "ink
present.”
[Notes]
• The carriage cover closed status is maintained while the carriage cover is open.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
173
SHEET
172
Confidential
➀ GS k m d1...dk NUL
➁ GS k m n d1...dn
[Name]
[Format]
Print bar code
➀ ASCII
GS
Hex
1D
Decimal 29
➁ ASCII
GS
Hex
1D
Decimal 29
[Range]
➀ 0 ≤ m ≤ 6 (k and d depend on the bar code system used)
k
6B
107
k
6B
107
m
m
m
m
m
m
d1...dk NUL
d1...dk 00
d1...dk 0
n d1...dn
n d1...dn
n d1...dn
➁ 65 ≤ m ≤ 73 (n and d depend on the bar code system used)
[Description] • Selects a bar code system and prints the bar code.
For ➀
m
Bar code system
Range of k
0
UPC-A
11 ≤ k ≤ 12
1
UPC-E
11 ≤ k ≤ 12
2
JAN13 (EAN13)
12 ≤ k ≤ 13
3
JAN8 (EAN8)
7≤ k ≤ 8
4
CODE39
1≤k
5
ITF
6
CODABAR
(NW7)
For ➁
m
65
66
67
68
69
70
[Reference]
1≤k
(even number)
1≤k
Bar code system
UPC-A
UPC-E
JAN13 (EAN13)
JAN8 (EAN8)
CODE39
Range of n
11 ≤ n ≤ 12
11 ≤ n ≤ 12
12 ≤ n ≤ 13
7≤n≤8
1≤ n ≤ 255
ITF
2 ≤ n ≤ 254
(even number)
1 ≤ n ≤ 255
48 ≤ d ≤ 57, 65 ≤ d ≤ 68,
d = 36,43,45,46,47,58
Range of d
48 ≤ d ≤ 57
48 ≤ d ≤ 57
48 ≤ d ≤ 57
48 ≤ d ≤ 57
48 ≤ d ≤ 57, 65≤ d ≤ 90,
d = 32,36,37,42, 43,45,46,47
48 ≤ d ≤ 57
CODABAR
48 ≤ d ≤ 57, 65 ≤ d ≤ 68,
(NW7)
d = 36,43,45,46,47,58
72
CODE93
1 ≤ n ≤ 255
0 ≤ d ≤ 127
73
CODE128
2 ≤ n ≤ 255
0 ≤ d ≤ 127
• Consider that a quiet zone (left or right side space area, depending on the bar code
specifications) must be ensured for bar code printing.
Appendix A
71
[Notes]
Range of d
48 ≤ d ≤ 57
48 ≤ d ≤ 57
48 ≤ d ≤ 57
48 ≤ d ≤ 57
48 ≤ d ≤ 57, 65 ≤ d ≤ 90,
d = 32,36,37,42,43,45,46,47
48 ≤ d ≤ 57
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
174
SHEET
173
Confidential
GS r n
[Name]
[Format]
Transmit status
ASCII
GS
Hex
1D
Decimal
29
[Range]
1 ≤ n ≤ 4, 49 ≤ n ≤ 52, n = 80
r
72
114
n
n
n
[Description] • Transmits the normal status specified by n as follows:
n
1, 49
2, 50
3, 51
4, 52
80
Function
Specifies paper sensor status.
Specifies drawer kick-out connector status.
Specifies slip status.
Specifies ink status.
Specifies the remaining print area on a slip in dots.
• The status types to be transmitted are shown in the tables below:
• Paper sensor status (n = 1, 49) :
Bit
Off/On Hex
Decimal
Function
0, 1
Off
00
0
Paper roll near-end sensor: paper adequate.
On
03
3
Paper roll near-end sensor: paper near end.
2, 3
Off
00
0
Paper roll end sensor: paper present.
On
0C
12
Paper roll end sensor: paper not present.
4
Off
00
0
Fixed.
5
Off
00
0
TOF sensor: paper present.
On
20
32
TOF sensor: paper not present.
6
Off
00
0
BOF sensor: paper present.
On
40
64
BOF sensor: paper not present.
7
Off
00
0
Fixed.
Bits 2 and 3: While the cover is open, the status isn’t changed and is kept as same as
when the cover was opened (this command cannot be executed).
•
Drawer kick-out connector status (n = 2, 50):
Bit
Off/On Hex
Decimal
Function
0
Off
00
0
Drawer kick-out connector pin 3 is LOW.
On
01
1
Drawer kick-out connector pin 3 is HIGH.
Off
00
0
Reserved.
1∼3
4
Off
00
0
Fixed.
5, 6
Off
00
0
Reserved.
7
Off
00
0
Fixed.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
175
SHEET
174
Confidential
•
Slip Status (n = 3, 51)
The remaining print area (the number of dots in the vertical direction for one
character) is transmitted using values from the table below:
<When the face of a slip is selected>
The number of remaining dots
Impossible to print on the slip or 0 – 23
24 – 47
48 – 71
72 – 95

360 dots or more
Slip status
Hex
Decimal
00
0
01
1
02
2
03
3


0F
15
Ink status (n = 4, 52)
The cover closed status is maintained while the carriage cover is open.
(This command cannot be executed.)
Bit
Off/On Hex
Decimal
Function
0
Off
00
0
Ink near-end sensor: ink adequate (color 1).
On
01
1
Ink near-end sensor: ink near end (color 1).
1
Off
00
0
Ink near-end sensor: ink adequate (color 2).
On
02
2
Ink near-end sensor: ink near end (color 2).
2, 3
Off
00
0
Reserved.
4
Off
00
0
Fixed.
5, 6
Off
00
0
Reserved.
7
Off
00
0
Fixed.
Bit 1:
The status for the single-color printer (TM-J7000) should always be "ink
adequate."
•
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
176
SHEET
175
Confidential
•
Slip dot status (n = 80)
The remaining print area in slip printing is transmitted as a number of dots based on
the normal dot pitch.
Hexadecimal
Decimal
Amount of data
Header
37H
55
1 byte
Identifier
2BH
43
1 byte
Number of dots
30H–39H
48–57
1∼4 bytes
NUL
00H
0
1 byte
If slip is not selected or printing is not enabled, the number of dots is set to 0.
Hexadecimal
Decimal
Amount of data
Header
37H
55
1 byte
Identifier
2BH
43
1 byte
Number of dots
30H
48
1 byte
NUL
00H
0
1 byte
If paper is detected by the BOF sensor when the face of a slip is selected, the
number of dots is set to 9999.
Hexadecimal
Decimal
Amount of data
Header
37H
55
1 byte
Identifier
2BH
43
1 byte
Numbers of dots
39H, 39H, 39H, 39H
57, 57, 57, 57
4 bytes
NUL
00H
0
1 byte
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
177
SHEET
176
Confidential
GS v 0 m xL xH yL yH d1...dk
[Name]
[Format]
[obsolete command]
Print raster bit image
ASCII
GS
v
Hex
1D
76
Decimal
29
118
0
30
48
m
m
m
xL
xL
xL
xH
xH
xH
yL
yL
yL
yH
yH
yH
d1...dk
d1...dk
d1...dk
0 ≤ m ≤ 3, 48 ≤ m ≤ 51
(1 ≤ xL ≤ 255, xH = 0)
1 ≤ (xL + xH × 256) ≤ 255
(0 ≤ yL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ yH ≤ 17)
1 ≤ (yL + yH × 256) ≤ 4607
0 ≤ d ≤ 255
k = (xL + xH × 256) × (yL + yH × 256)
[Description] Prints a raster bit image in m mode.
[Range]
m
Mode
0, 48
1, 49
2, 50
3, 51
Normal
Double-width
Double-height
Quadruple
• x L, x H
Enlargement in vertical
direction
1
1
2
2
Enlargement in
horizontal direction
1
2
1
2
specify (xL + xH × 256) byte(s) in the horizontal direction for the bit image.
specify (yL + yH × 256) dot(s) in the vertical direction for the bit image.
• d specifies the definition data of the bit image.
• y L, y H
GS w n
[Name]
[Format]
Set bar code width
ASCII
GS
Hex
1D
Decimal
29
w
77
119
n
n
n
[Range]
2≤n≤6
[Default]
n=3
[Description] Set the horizontal size of the bar code, using n as follows:
Multi-level bar code
n
Module width (mm)
Binary-level bar code
Thin element width
(mm)
0.282
Thick element width (mm)
2
0.282
0.706
3
0.423
0.423
1.129
4
0.564
0.564
1.411
5
0.706
0.706
1.834
6
0.847
0.847
2.258
• Multi-level bar codes are as follows:
UPC-A, UPC-E, JAN13 (EAN13), JAN8 (EAN8), CODE93, CODE128
• Binary-level bar codes are as follows:
CODE39, ITF, CODABAR
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
178
SHEET
177
Confidential
6.4 MICR Control Commands (for models with a MICR reader)
DLE EOT n a (n = 8)
[Name]
[Format]
[Range]
Transmit real-time MICR status
ASCII
DLE
EOT n
Hex
10
04
08
Decimal
16
4
8
a=1
a
a
a
[Description] • Transmits the selected MICR status specified by n in real time as follows:
n
Function
1
Transmit MICR status
• The status information to be transmitted is shown in the following table.
• a = 1: MICR status
Bit
Off/On Hex Decimal Status
0
Off
00
0
Fixed.
1
On
02
2
Fixed.
2
Off
00
0
MICR function selected.
On
04
4
MICR function not selected.
3
Off
00
0
Does not wait for check paper or a cleaning
sheet to be inserted.
On
08
8
Waits for check paper or a cleaning sheet to be
inserted.
4
On
10
16
Fixed.
5
Off
00
0
TOF sensor: paper present.
On
20
32
TOF sensor: paper not present.
6
Off
00
0
BOF sensor: paper present.
On
40
64
BOF sensor: paper not present.
7
Off
00
0
Fixed.
[Notes]
• If print data includes a character string with this command, the printer performs this
command. Users must consider this.
For example: Graphic data accidentally might include a data string with this command.
• Do not embed this command within another command.
For example: Graphic data might include this command.
• This command is ignored when block data is transmitted.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
179
SHEET
178
Confidential
• Transmit the DLE EOT, DLE DC4 (fn = 7) real-time commands using the following
method:
<Transmission method for the real-time command>
• When the real-time status command is transmitted, the following data must not be
transmitted until the status is received.
• However, if the real-time commands must be transmitted continuously, it is possible
to transmit up to nine real-time commands at once. In this case, the following data
must not be transmitted until the all status information is received. If the real-time
command is transmitted without using the above method, the status may not be
received.
If the status is not received for 2 seconds (maximum period when operating the
autocutter) and this state occurs several times, probably the printer power is not turned
on or the interface cable is not connected.
FS ( f pL pH [n m]1...[n m]k
[Name]
[Format]
Select MICR data handling
ASCII
FS
(
Hex
1C
28
Decimal
28
40
[Range]
2 ≤ (pL + pH × 256) ≤ 65535 (0 ≤ pL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ pH ≤ 255)
0 ≤ n ≤ 3, 48 ≤ n < 51
0 ≤ m ≤ 255
(when n = 0, 48)
(when n = 1, 49)
0 ≤ m ≤ 255
m = 0, 1, 48, 49 (when n = 2, 50)
m = 0, 1, 48, 49 (when n = 3, 51)
Always m = 0 for each n
[Default]
f
66
102
pL
pL
pL
pH
pH
pH
[n m]1...[n m]k
[n m]1...[n m]k
[n m]1...[n m]k
[Description] • Selects MICR reading operations as follows:
n
Function
0, 48
Specifies the process for characters that cannot be recognized.
1, 49
Specifies adding detailed information to the reading result.
2, 50
Specifies the condition to disable/enable the MICR function
when a reading error has occurred.
3, 51
Specifies the header of the transmitted data.
• When n = 0 or 48, the command specifies the process for characters that cannot be
recognized.
• When m = 0, the recognition process is aborted when a character that cannot be
recognized is detected.
The reading result in this case does not have data.
When m ≠ 0, the recognition process is continued and the character that cannot be
recognized is replaced with the character ‘?.’ If the number of the characters
replaced with ‘?’ is less than m, the data is added to the reading result.
• When the printer processes characters that cannot be recognized, even though those
characters are replaced with ‘?,’ the status of the reading result becomes ‘Error
ending.’
•
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
180
SHEET
179
Confidential
• When n = 1 or 49, the command specifies whether detailed information for the reading
result is added or not.
Bit
1
Off/On
Off
On
2 ~ 8 Off
Hex
00
01
00
Decimal
0
1
0
Status
Adds detailed information.
Does not add detailed information.
Reserved.
<Detailed information when an error occurs>
Information
No error has occurred.
The MICR reading process is not executed yet.
The check insertion waiting state has been canceled with the
command.
The check insertion waiting state has been canceled because the
time set with the ESC f command has passed.
A check whose size is out of the specified range is inserted.
A magnetic waveform cannot be detected.
A character cannot be recognized.
An error has occurred during the processing of reading magnetic
ink characters.
An error has been detected when noise is observed.
Hex
40
41
42
Decimal
43
67
44
45
46
47
68
69
70
71
48
72
64
65
66
• When n = 2 or 50, the command specifies whether the MICR function is disabled or
not if an error has occurred.
n
Function
0, 48
The MICR function is disabled if an error has occurred when the MICR
function is set to be disabled if an error has occurred without addition of the
reading data.
1, 49
The MICR function is continuously enabled after the reading result has been
transmitted if the MICR function is set to be disabled due to the following
causes.
• The check size is out of the specified range.
• The magnetic waveform cannot be detected.
• A character cannot be recognized.
• An error has been detected when noise is observed.
•
The MICR function is continuously enabled when MICR is processed normally or the
reading result is added, even if an error has occurred.
• When n = 3 or 51, the command specifies the header of the transmitted data.
m
Function
0, 48
The header is set as follows:
Hexadecimal = 5FH / Decimal = 95
1, 49
The header (one byte) is added with an identifier (one byte) as follows:
1st byte: Hexadecimal = 37H / Decimal = 55
2nd byte: Hexadecimal = 2AH / Decimal = 42
[Note]
• This command does not execute reading of the check.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
181
SHEET
180
Confidential
FS a 0 n
[obsolete command]
GS ( G <Function 60> which is the upward-compatible command replacing FS a 0, is recommended for
®
use, since FS a 0 is an obsolete command in the ESC/POS command system.
[Name]
Read check paper
n
[Format]
ASCII
FS
a
0
Hex
1C
61
30
n
Decimal
28
97
48
n
[Range]
0 ≤ n ≤ 255
[Description] • Selects and transmits the MICR function and reads magnetic ink characters specified
by n as follows:
Bit
Off/On
Hex
Decimal
Function
0
Readable fonts.
1
See the table below.
2 - 7 Off
00
0
Reserved.
Readable Fonts
Hex
Decimal
Font
00
0
E13B
01
1
CMC7
02
2
Reserved.
03
3
Reserved.
• When this command is executed, the printer waits for slip paper insertion.
• When the printer ends reading and recognizing the magnetic ink characters normally,
it transmits “header + reading status + data + NUL” to the host computer as follows:
Hexadecimal
Decimal
Amount of data
Header
5FH
95
1 byte
37H, 2AH
55, 42
2 bytes
Status
See the table “reading status”.
1 byte
Data
Recognized character strings.
0 ~ 80 bytes
NUL
00H
0
1 byte
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
182
SHEET
181
Confidential
• The “reading status” is as follows:
Bit
Off/On Hex Decimal Function
Readable font: E13B
0
Off
00
0
Readable font: CMC7
On
01
1
Reserved.
1, 2 Off
00
0
Detailed information: not added.
3
Off
00
0
Detailed information: added.
On
08
8
Re-reading: possible.
4
Off
00
0
Re-reading: impossible.
On
10
16
The reading processing ended normally.
5
Off
00
0
The reading processing ended abnormally.
On
20
32
Fixed.
6
On
40
64
Fixed.
7
Off
00
0
[Notes]
• The readable characters with CMC7 are numeric (0 – 9) and five kinds of special
characters only. Refer description of GS ( G <Function 60> later in this section.
FS a 1
[obsolete command]
GS ( G <Function 48> and <Function 84> which are the upward-compatible commands replacing FS a
®
1, are recommended for use, since FS a 1 is an obsolete command in the ESC/POS command
system.
[Name]
Load check paper to the print starting position
[Format]
ASCII
FS
a
1
Hex
1C
61
31
Decimal
28
97
49
[Description] • Loads check paper to the print starting position in MICR mode.
• After loading check paper to the print starting position, the printer cancels the MICR
function and selects slip paper as the paper source automatically.
FS a 2
[obsolete command]
GS ( G <Function 85> which is the upward-compatible command replacing FS a 2, is recommended for
®
use, since FS a 2 is an obsolete command in the ESC/POS command system.
[Name]
Eject check paper
[Format]
ASCII
FS
a
2
Hex
1C
61
32
Decimal
28
97
50
[Description] • Ejects check paper in MICR mode.
• After ejecting check paper, the printer cancels the MICR function and selects the roll
paper as the paper source.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
183
SHEET
182
Confidential
FS b
[obsolete command]
GS ( G <Function 61> which is the upward-compatible command replacing FS b, is recommended for
®
use, since FS b is an obsolete command in the ESC/POS command system.
[Name]
Request retransmission of check paper reading results
[Format]
ASCII
FS
b
Hex
1C
62
Decimal
28
98
[Description] • Retransmits the previous check (magnetic ink characters) reading results by FS a 0.
• Refer to the description of FS a 0 for the transmitted data.
FS c
[Name]
[Format]
MICR mechanism cleaning
ASCII
FS
c
Hex
1C
63
Decimal
28
99
[Description] • Cleans the MICR mechanism.
• When this command is executed, the printer enters the cleaning sheet wait status.
• If the cleaning is ended, the printer ejects the cleaning sheet, and selects the paper roll
as the paper source.
GS ( G pL pH fn [parameters]
[Name]
Select cut sheet control function
[Description] • Various processes are performed to the cut sheet.
Function
fn
Format
Function
No.
60
Function 60 Executes reading of magnetic ink
GS ( G pL pH fn nL nH m
characters and transmitting the reading
result.
61
Function 61 Resends result of the reading of magnetic
GS ( G pL pH fn nL nH
ink characters.
• pL, pH specify (pL + pH × 256) as the number of bytes after pH (fn and [parameters]).
• See Section 6.3, “Control Commands”; for control function commands, except for
MICR-related commands.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
184
SHEET
183
Confidential
<Function 60> GS ( G pL pH fn nL nH m (fn = 60)
[Format]
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
GS
1D
29
(
28
40
[Range]
(pL + pH × 256) = 4
fn = 60
(nL + nH × 256) = 1
m = 0, 1
G
47
71
pL
pL
pL
pH
pH
pH
fn
fn
fn
nL
nL
nL
nH
nH
nH
m
m
m
(pL = 4, pH = 0)
(nL = 1, nH = 0)
[Description] • Reads magnetic ink characters in the font specified by m, and transmits the reading
result.
Bit
Off/On
Off
0
On
1 - 7 Off
Hex
00
01
00
Decimal
0
1
0
Function
Readable font: E13B is specified.
Readable font: CMC7 is specified.
Reserved.
• The following block data is transmitted to the host as the reading result.
Transmission data block
Hexadecimal
Decimal
Amount of data
Header
37H
55
1 byte
Identifier
3FH
63
1 byte
Reading status (See table
(See [Reading status] table
1 byte
below.)
below)
(See [Detailed information]
1 byte
Detailed information
table below)
Separator
1FH
31
1 byte
Fixed value
31H
49
1 byte
Separator
1FH
31
1 byte
Data
Recognized character string
0 ~ 80 bytes
NUL
00H
0
1 byte
[Reading status]
Bit
Off/On
Off
0
On
1, 2 Off
Off
3
On
Off
4
On
5
Off
On
6
On
7
Off
EPSON
Hex
00
01
00
00
08
00
10
00
20
40
00
Decimal
0
1
0
0
8
0
16
0
32
64
0
Function
Readable font: E13B
Readable font: CMC7
Reserved.
Detailed information: not added.
Detailed information: added.
Re-reading: possible.
Re-reading: impossible.
The reading processing ended normally.
The reading processing ended abnormally.
Fixed.
Fixed.
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
185
SHEET
184
Confidential
[Detailed information]
Hex Decimal Function
40
64
The reading process had a normal ending.
41
65
This function has never executed.
42
66
The check paper insertion waiting process is canceled by a
command.
43
67
The check paper insertion waiting process is canceled because
the time set by ESC f lapsed.
44
68
Check paper with a length other than that specified is inserted.
45
69
Normal waveform reading cannot be detected.
46
70
The waveform cannot be converted to characters of the specified
readable fonts.
47
71
An error occurred during the period from the start of command
processing to the transmission of a header.
48
72
An error is detected by noise measurement.
The recognizable CMC7 fonts are numerical (0 ~ 9) and special marks (5 kinds) only.
The recognizable fonts are shown in the table below.
• The identified characters consist of the following:
EPSON
MICR
Character
Hex
Decimal
MICR
Character
Hex
Decimal
MICR
Character
Hex
Decimal
MICR
Character
Hex
Decimal
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
186
SHEET
185
Confidential
<Function 61> GS ( G pL pH fn nL nH (fn = 61)
[Format]
ASCII
Hex
Decimal
GS
1D
29
[Range]
(pL + pH × 256) = 3
fn = 61
(nL + nH × 256) = 1
(
28
40
G
47
71
pL
pL
pL
pH
pH
pH
fn
fn
fn
nL
nL
nL
nH
nH
nH
(pL = 3, pH = 0)
(nL = 1, nH = 0)
[Description] • Transmits the result of reading the magnetic ink characters which were read and
transmitted previously by GS ( G <Function 60>.
• See the description of GS ( G <Function 60> for transmitted data.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
App.1
187
SHEET
186
Confidential
APPENDIX A MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
A1. Precautions
1) Notes on using the ink cartridge
a) Keep ink cartridges out of the reach of children. Ink is harmful if swallowed.
b) Do not disassemble the ink cartridge.
c) The ink can permanently stain clothing.
d) Do not refill the ink cartridge. Spills can result, causing damage to the printer.
e) Do not apply petroleum benzine, paint thinner, toluene, or ketone-based solvents to the ink
cartridge. These solvents may cause damage to plastic components.
f)
g)
h)
i)
j)
k)
l)
m)
n)
o)
p)
q)
The ink within the ink cartridge may freeze if stored at temperatures under 0°C {32°F}, but once
thawed at temperatures over 5°C {41°F}, it can be used normally.
If water-repellent paper such as an art paper is used for printing, ink dries very slowly and the print
may smear. Use paper that does not cause this problem.
Disposal handling must be in accordance with any relevant national or local laws, ordinances, and
regulations.
The ink cartridge must not be used as the maintenance cartridge that is used for repair.
EPSON recommends the use of genuine EPSON ink cartridges. Other products not manufactured
by EPSON may cause damage to your printer that is not covered by EPSON’s warranties.
Be sure to use the specified ink cartridge. Otherwise, ink may leak or the printing may be affected.
Do not open the ink cartridge until you are ready to install it. If an opened cartridge is left out for an
extended period of time, print quality may be adversely affected.
After installing an ink cartridge, use it up within 6 months. Leaving the same cartridge in the printer
for more than about 6 months may result in degraded print quality.
Use the ink cartridge by the date indicated on the box containing the ink cartridge and on the ink
cartridge itself.
Do not bump the ink supply port (the projecting part at the bottom of the ink cartridge). Doing so may
cause ink to leak from the cartridge.
Once you begin using an ink cartridge, there will be a residue of ink around the ink supply port.
When you remove the ink cartridge from the printer, avoid touching the ink supply port and be
careful where you put the cartridge to avoid getting ink on your hands or other objects.
Be careful to avoid scratching the transparent window on the lower side of the ink cartridge or
getting it dirty. Doing so may render the ink cartridge unusable.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
App. 2
SHEET
App. 1
Confidential
2) Notes on installing and removing an ink cartridge
a) For good printing quality, do not remove the ink cartridge from its clear plastic packing until
immediately before installing it.
b) When the ink cartridge is installed, make sure to push the ink cartridge in until it stops.
c) The ink supply needle in the ink cartridge holder that supplies ink to the printer is covered with ink.
To avoid getting your fingers dirty, keep them out of the ink cartridge holder.
d) Before installing the ink cartridge, be sure to peel off the yellow color tape from the top of the ink
cartridge. If the tape is not removed, printouts will contain missing dots. If this occurs, peel off the
tape, then perform cleaning until the missing dots go away.
e) You must not remove any tape on which the EPSON logo is printed.
3) Notes on using the autocutter
a) The emergency cutter on the paper roll exit part is only for cutting paper, make sure not to touch the
cutter blade. Otherwise, you may be injured.
b) When the paper roll cover is opened, it is possible to touch the blades of the autocutter. Make sure
not to touch the cutter blade. Otherwise, you may be injured.
c) Do not insert your fingers into the paper exit, since the cutter blade is installed inside the paper exit.
Otherwise, you may be injured.
4) Notes on handling the paper roll cover
a) Do not touch the plastic gears located on the left side in the front of the printer, and do not use
excessive force when opening the paper roll cover.
b) When the paper is jammed, do not pull the jammed paper or use tools. Make sure to remove the
paper by hand after opening the paper roll cover.
c) Do not open the printer cover while the printer is operating. Otherwise, the paper may be jammed.
5) Notes on cleaning the print head
a) The printer takes about one minute for initial ink filling when the printer is first used. Never turn the
printer off during an initial ink filling operation. The POWER LED flashes during the ink filling
operation; then it stays on when filling is finished.
If the printer is turned off during the ink filling operation, it is necessary to perform this ink filling
operation again. This will waste ink. In particular, poor print quality is likely to result if you remove the
ink cartridge from the printer and then reinstall it when the cartridge is approaching the ink end
condition (when the INK status LED is flashing).
b) It is recommended that the printer be left to operate by itself during initial ink filling operation, and
that the interface reset not be performed.
c) Do not use the manual CLEANING button unless there is a problem with print quality.
d) When the POWER LED is flashing, the printer is in a cleaning or in an ink filling state. Do not open
the printer cover or turn the printer off when the POWER LED is flashing. However, if the POWER
LED flashes slowly after performing the power-off command (DLE DC4 fn = 2), it is OK to turn the
power off with the power button.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
App. 3
SHEET
App. 2
Confidential
6) Notes on printing bar codes
a) When bar code reading is executed, the recognition rate may differ, depending on the paper
material and the characteristics of the bar code reader.
b) When the bar code is printed, it is recommended to print the HRI characters also.
c) Note that the recognition rate for bar code reading may be affected by different paper materials, the
characteristics of the bar code reader, or other factors. Therefore, design the program so that the
HRI characters can also be recognized if the bar code is not readable.
d) If page mode is used while printing a bar code, all passes that include the bar code are printed using
unidirectional printing and the normal mode. Since the print density varies according to print mode, it
is recommended that all pages be printed in the normal mode.
e) When printing a ladder bar code, a minimum module width of 0.423 mm (GS w n = 3) is
recommended.
f) Do not use ladder bar codes with cut sheets.
g) The user is responsible for securing appropriate quiet zones (the blank areas before and after the
bar code that are required by the specifications for various bar code types).
7) Notes on printing a 2-dimensional bar code (PDF417)
a) When printing PDF417, it is recommended that the row height be set to 3~5 times the module width.
It is also recommended that the overall height of the code be greater than about 5 mm {0.2"}.
b) If the page mode is used while printing a bar code, all passes that include the bar code are printed
using unidirectional printing and the normal mode. Since the print density varies according to the
print mode, it is recommended that all pages be printed in the normal mode.
c) A minimum module width of at least 0.423 mm (specifying n = 3 for GS ( k <Function 067>) is
recommended when printing a 2-dimensional bar code in the 90° or 270° orientation.
d) Do not use 2-dimensional codes with cut sheets.
e) The user is responsible for securing appropriate PDF417 quiet zones (the blank areas above,
below, and to the sides of the bar code that are required by the PDF417 specification).
8) Notes on cut sheet forms
a) Set cut sheet forms so that the edge is aligned flush with the right guide and the form stopper. If
inserted diagonally, the paper cannot be clamped properly because slip sensing is not possible (by
the TOF and BOF sensors). When inserting the paper, let go of it promptly once it is clamped by the
printer.
b) Use ESC f to set the amount of time that the printer waits for paper insertion and the amount of time
that it waits before starting operation after insertion of a cut sheet.
c) Use DLE ENQ (n = 3) to cancel the cut sheet insertion waiting time.
d) Once the cut sheet has been delivered, the slip LED flashes continually, and no further operation
takes place until the cut sheet has been removed.
e) Use GS r (n = 3, 80) to check the amount of remaining print area on a cut sheet.
f) The slip part of the printer uses ink jet printing, and cannot be used with pressure-sensitive forms.
g) The slip part of this printer is for use only with single-sheet paper. Do not insert multi-part forms, as
this may cause paper jams.
h) The paper feeding pitch will be shortened, if the paper feeding direction is changed, when the face
of the slip is selected as the paper source. Therefore, the user must consider this (ESC K, ESC e).
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
App. 4
SHEET
App. 3
Confidential
9) Notes on printing with an endorsement mechanism
(The descriptions below are the notes on printing using the back of the slip as the paper source with
an endorsement mechanism by the GS ( G command.)
a) Page mode is disabled when printing with an endorsement mechanism.
b) All commands related with ESC c 1 are enabled when printing with an endorsement mechanism
(ESC 2, ESC 3, GS ( K, GS L, GS W).
c) The setting commands, such as font or font style selection, are still effective even when printing on
the back of the slip as paper source with an endorsement mechanism. If you want to disable the
settings, set them with the command again:
(ESC SP, ESC !, ESC –, ESC E, ESC G, ESC M, ESC {, GS !, GS ( N, GS B).
d) Do not use the execution commands (bit image, graphics, and so on) as listed below:
(ESC ∗, GS ( L <Function 50>, <69>, <85>, <112>, <113>, GS ( k, GS /, GS Q 0, GS k, GS v 0).
e) Do not use the reverse feeding commands:
(ESC K, ESC e).
f) If a folded check is printed with an endorsement mechanism, some print dots may overlap, since the
print feeding pitch will be shortened.
10) Notes on setting up the printer
a) The printer must be horizontal during operation.
b) Do not set the printer in a dusty place.
c) Protect the printer from impact. Otherwise, there may be printing problems.
d) Make sure that the cords or other foreign objects are not caught on the printer base when the printer
is installed.
11) Notes on the power supply of the printer
a) The ERROR LED flashes if the power voltage rises above 26.4 V for a certain period of time,
causing a high-voltage error, or if the power voltage drops below 21.6 V for a certain period of time,
causing a low-voltage error.
b) When either a high- or low-voltage error occurs, turn off the power and unplug the power cable as
soon as possible.
c) Do not turn on the external power supply until after connecting it to the power supply connector on
the printer. Do not reverse the polarity of the external power supply. Doing so could destroy the
printer circuit or the external power supply.
12) Notes on transporting the printer
a) Remove the ink cartridge from the printer before transporting it.
b) Do not turn the printer upside down during transport.
c) Do not transport an ink cartridge that has been unpacked from its envelope.
ink.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
Doing so could leak
NO.
NEXT
App. 5
SHEET
App. 4
Confidential
13) Notes on the customer display connector
a) Do not connect a telephone jack (RJ11) or the drawer kickout (DKD) connector plug to the customer
display (DM-D) connector. Otherwise, the printer or the drawer may be damaged.
14) Others
a) Because this printer uses plated steel, the cutting edges are subject to rust. However, this does not
affect the printer performance.
b) Because this printer is supported only on one side, do not apply excessive force to the printer case.
c) Do not place food or beverages such as coffee on the case of the printer.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
App. 6
SHEET
App. 5
Confidential
APPENDIX B CHANGING THE INK CARTRIDGE
Follow the procedure below when changing the ink cartridge.
1) Check that the printer power is turned on. If the printer power is turned off, turn the power
switch ON.
2) Check that the INK OUT LED on the printer is flashing or lit. When using 2 colors, determine
which ink cartridge is empty from the INK OUT LED and remove the empty ink cartridge.
3) Open the ink cartridge cover.
4) Pull back the ink cartridge lever and pull it upwards. When using 2 colors, check which ink
cartridge is empty from the INK OUT LED and remove the empty ink cartridge.
5) Take out the new ink cartridge from the box and the bag. Next, peel off the (yellow color) tape
from the top of the ink cartridge. (Be sure to peel off the (yellow color) tape).
6) Insert the new cartridge label-side up. Push the upper side of the ink cartridge, and insert until
you hear a click. Take special care to the direction of the ink cartridge. Also, do not push in
forcefully.
7) Close the carriage cover.
8) The printer may start the ink changing process automatically. It takes approximately one
minute, during which time the POWER LED flashes. During this operation, do not turn the
printer power off. If the printer is turned off during the ink filling operation, it is necessary to
perform this ink filling operation again. This will waste ink.
9) When the ink cartridge changing process is finished, the POWER LED stays on and the printer
stands by for normal printing.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
App. 7
SHEET
App. 6
Confidential
APPENDIX C INSTALLING OR REPLACING THE PAPER ROLL
Follow the procedure below when installing or replacing the paper roll.
1) Confirm that the printer power is ON. (If the power is OFF, turn the power ON)
2) Lift the paper ejection table upward and pull it toward the front of the printer; then open the
paper roll cover.
3) After removing the core of the used paper roll, load a new paper roll.
that the paper unrolls from the bottom.
Load the paper roll so
4) Pull out the paper roll straight, and close the paper roll cover. The paper roll cover should be
inserted until the cover is completely locked. (Afterwards, the printer feeds paper
automatically to put some slack in the paper.)
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
App. 8
SHEET
App. 7
Confidential
APPENDIX D: ADJUSTING THE PAPER ROLL NEAR-END SENSOR
LOCATION
The remaining detectable amount of paper on the paper roll varies with the inside and outside
diameters of the paper core. The minimum detectable amount of paper on the paper roll can be set
using the following method:
1) The inside diameter (φd) of the paper spool should be 10 mm {0.4"} or more.
2) Set paper roll diameter A to obtain the corresponding adjustment position from the table below.
Table D.1
Figure D.1
Adjusting the detectable amount
A
Adjustment position
Approximately 10 mm
#1
Approximately 8.5 mm
#2
Approximately 7 mm
#3
Approximately 5 mm
#4
Paper Spool
NOTES: 1. Since diameter A corresponding to the adjustment position in the table is a calculated
value, there may be some variations depending on the printer.
2. If a paper roll is used with an end mark at the paper end, the mark may stick, causing the
paper to pull up. If this occurs, diameter A differs from the values in the table.
3. Be sure that the sensor lever operates smoothly after finishing the adjustment.
4. If the paper on the paper roll becomes loose due to the paper quality, the paper roll
near-end sensor may operate incorrectly.
B
Figure D.2
EPSON
Paper Roll Near-end Sensor
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
App. 9
SHEET
App. 8
Confidential
5. The adjustment must be performed as follows:
• Loosen the detection adjustment screw so that the near-end adjustment holder can
slide.
• Then set position B of the near-end adjustment holder by aligning to the difference in
level of the desired paper roll.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
App. 10
SHEET
App. 9
Confidential
APPENDIX E: DESCRIPTION OF THE MAINTENANCE COUNTERS
The printer has maintenance counters supported by software.
Types of
Counter value
Counter
Unit
counter
Acquire
Initialize
Reset
Number of line feeds
Lines
Possible
Possible
Possible
Average number of times of
Reset
Possible
Possible
energizing the head for the 1st
Shots
possible
color
Average number of times of
Reset
Possible
Possible
energizing the head for the
Shots
possible
2nd color
Number of cartridge
Reset
No. of
Possible
Possible
operations
possible
times
Number of pump motor
Reset
No. of
Possible
Possible
operations
possible
times
Reset
Number of slip feeds
Lines
Possible
Possible
possible
Number of autocutter
Reset
No. of
Possible
Possible
operations
possible
times
Reset
No. of
Number of check paper scans
Possible
Possible
possible
times
Number of endorsement
Reset
No. of
Possible
Possible
mechanism operations
possible
times
Reset
Product operation time
Hours
Possible
Possible
possible
Number of line feeds
Cumulative
Lines
Possible
Impossible
Average number of times of
Possible
Impossible
energizing the head for the 1st
Cumulative
Shots
color
Average number of times of
Possible
Impossible
energizing the head for the
Cumulative
Shots
2nd color
No. of
Number of carriage operations
Cumulative
Possible
Impossible
times
Number of pump motor
No. of
Cumulative
Possible
Impossible
operations
times
Number of slip feeds
Cumulative
Lines
Possible
Impossible
Number of autocutter
No. of
Cumulative
Possible
Impossible
operations
times
No. of
Number of check paper scans
Cumulative
Possible
Impossible
times
Number of endorsement
No. of
Cumulative
Possible
Impossible
mechanism operations
times
Product operation time
Cumulative
Hours
Possible
Impossible
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
Counter number
Hex
Decimal
1E
30
1F
31
20
32
21
33
22
34
23
35
32
50
3C
60
3D
61
46
70
9E
158
9F
159
A0
160
A1
161
A2
162
A3
163
B2
178
BC
188
BD
189
C6
198
NO.
NEXT
App. 11
SHEET
App. 10
Confidential
NOTES: • All values of the maintenance counter are transmitted to the host PC with the GS g 2
command.
• The counters that are possible to reset can be initialized (cleared to zero) with the GS g 0
command.
• All counters count up for updating. If the counter value reaches the maximum number,
the counter value (for a counter that is possible to reset) does not change until the
counter is initialized.
Counter
The number of paper feed
lines for roll paper
The average number of
head shots for color 1
The average number of
head shots for color 2
The number of head
carriage movements
The number of ink pumping
Counting method
Counts a paper feed of 4.23 mm {1/6"} as
one line (+1) when printing on the roll paper.
Counts 64 shots of head driving as one shot
(+1).
Counts 64 shots of head driving as one shot
(+1).
Counts the number of times of head
carriage passing when printing
Counts the number of ink pumping times
The number of paper feed
lines for slip paper
The number of autocutter
operations
The number of times
reading magnetic ink
characters
The number of
endorsement mechanism
operations
Period of printer operation
Counts a paper feed of 4.23 mm {1/6"} as
one line (+1) when printing on the slip.
Counts an autocutter operation (+1).
Counts the times reading magnetic ink
characters on check paper (+1).
Unit Maximum value
Lines
143,165,576
Shots
4,294,967,295
Shots
4,294,967,295
Times
4,294,967,295
Times
4,294,967,295
Lines
143,165,576
Times
4,294,967,295
Times
4,294,967,295
Counts the times the print starting position is Times 4,294,967,295
set (+1) when selecting the back of the slip
as paper source.
Counts the number of hours power has
Hours
71,582,788
been on.
NOTES: • Commands used after the maximum values in the table above are not included in the
transmission data.
• If the printer is turned off without executing the power-off command (DLE DC4 (fn=2)),
the values of the counters may be less than the actual ones.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
App. 12
SHEET
App. 11
Confidential
APPENDIX F: NOTES ON USING THE DRAWER KICK-OUT
CONNECTOR
1) Drawer kick-out connector use conditions (refer to Section 2.2.3, Drawer Kick-out Connector)
Because drawer specifications differ depending on the manufacturer and the part number, make sure
that the specifications of the drawer to be used meet the following conditions before connecting it to the
drawer kick-out connector.
Any devices that do not satisfy all the following conditions must not be used.
[Conditions]
• A load, such as a drawer kick-out solenoid, must be provided between drawer kick-out connector
pins 4 and 2 or between pins 4 and 5. (*1)
• When the drawer open/close signal (causes the open/close of the drawer) is used, a switch, such
as a drawer, must be provided between drawer kick-out connector pins 3 and 6. (*2)
• The resistance of the load, such as for the drawer kick-out solenoid, must be 24 Ω or more, or the
input current must be 1 A (24V) or less. (*3)
• Be sure to use drawer kick-out connector pin 4 (24 V power output) to drive the device. Never
connect any other power supply to the drawer kick-out connector. (*4)
NOTES: (*1) Operating the printer with incorrectly installed devices voids the warranty.
(*2) Connecting devices other than the drawer open/close switch voids the warranty.
(*3) If a device with a resistance of less than 24 Ω or an input current of over 1 A is used, the
resulting overcurrent may damage the device.
(*4) Connecting a power supply other than that specified voids the warranty.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
App. 13
SHEET
App. 12
Confidential
APPENDIX G: NOTES ON TURNING THE PRINTER’S POWER ON/OFF
G.1 Power On Control
To avoid from wasting ink, in the printer that the reset signal is supplied from the host PC while the
printer’s mechanism is initialized at the power on, the printer initializing operation is controlled to be
delayed after the reset signal is received (during this period, the POWER LED flashes and the
maximum delay period is 2 minutes).
NOTES: •
•
If the power is turned off while initializing, the initialization of the mechanism is delayed at
the next time the power is turned. If the power is turned off after finishing initializing, the
initializing delay function as above is reset (no delay).
If the printer goes offline due to the printer’s cover open or other causes while the
printer’s mechanism is initialized at the power on, the initializing delay function may not
work correctly. For this reason, do not make the printer become offline while the
mechanism is initialized, or turn the power off after initializing, or reset the initializing delay
function when the delay function becomes abnormal.
G.2 Power Off Control
It is recommended to turn the power off only after executing the power-off command (DLE DC4 fn = 2).
If the power is turned off without executing the power-off command, the ink will be wasted since the
cleaning is done when the printer is turned on the next time, or the ink nozzle will be clogged if unused
period exceeds two weeks.
The following is an example of the printer power off process when the printer is turned off using the
DLE DC4 (fn = 2) command.
1) Performs the following procedure without interruption before the system is turned off.
1. Executes GS ( D pL pH m a b (pL=3, pH =0, m =20, a =2, b =1)
2. Executes GS r n (n =1)
2) Waits for the paper sensor status from the printer by the GS r n command.
3) Transmits DLE DC4 n a b (fn =2, a =1, b =8)
4) Waits for the power off status.
• The power off status is transmitted by the power-off sequence within 10 seconds after
transmitting DLE DC4 n a b.
• If the power off status is not checked, waits for 10 seconds or more after transmitting
DLE DC4 n a b.
• For the serial interface model, the printer status is transmitted regardless of the condition of
the host.
• For the bidirectional parallel interface model, after transmitting DLE DC4 n a b, the printer is
required to be ready for receiving data from the host.
NOTE: The printer executes the software sequence, but the power is not cut.
5) Turn the system power (the host and the printer) off.
NOTE: Do not execute a reset to the printer until the printer power is turned off after transmitting
DLE DC4 (fn = 2).
* Do not perform the power-off command while the printer is cleaning.
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
App. 14
SHEET
App. 13
Confidential
APPENDIX H: REPLACING THE PUMP UNIT AND THE INK SUPPLY UNIT
When the pump unit is near the end of life, a warning message is printed every time the external power
supply is turned on. When the warning message is printed, that means that the mechanism has
reached its end of life.
Printed messages:
Pump unit: “Caution: The pump unit must be replaced. Contact a qualified service person.”
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
App. 15
SHEET
App. 14
Confidential
APPENDIX I: CHANGING THE PAPER WIDTH
It is possible to change the paper width of the paper roll for this printer. Selections can be made
from 82.5 mm {3.25"}, 76 mm {2.99"}, 69.5 mm {2.74"}, and 57.5 mm {2.26"}. (The default setting
is 76 mm {2.99"})
Change the paper width as follows.
1) Open the paper roll cover.
2) Unscrew the screw holding the guide (black, plastic part) on the left side of the paper roll
holder.
3) Change the position of the guide part, aligning it with the width of the paper to be used.
4) Using the screw, fasten the guide.
NOTES:
• When changing the paper width, change the setting of the paper width memory switch
(customized value) using GS ( E <Function 5>).
• When changing to a wider paper after using a narrow paper width, replacement of the autocutter
is necessary because parts other than the paper cutter will deteriorate.
Figure. I.1 Changing Paper Width
EPSON
TITLE
TM-J7000/J7100
Specification
(STANDARD)
SHEET
REVISION
B
NO.
NEXT
App.
END16
SHEET
App. 15
Download PDF

advertising